REGISTERED No. D. (D)—72

The Gazette of India

EXTRAORDINARY

PART II—Section 3—Sub-section (i)

PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY

No. 158]

NEW DELHI, THURSDAY, APRIL 23, 1981/VAISAKHA 3, 1903

Separate paging is given to this Part in order that it may be filed as a separate

compilation

97 GI/81—1

(699)

700

THE GAZETTE OF TNDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

701

702

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EX TRAORDJNARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

703,

704

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART IF—SEC. 3(i)]

705

706

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

|PART II--SEC. 3(0]

707

97OI/S1-2

708

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

LPART II—SEC. 3(i)]

709

7 1 0

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

711

7J2

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]<

713

714

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SFC. 3(i)]

715

97 GI/81—3

716

THE GAZETTE OI" INDIA : 15X1 RAOKDINARV

[PARI II--SEC. 3(i)J

717

/Ik

THE GAZETrE Of- INDIA . EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC

3(I)J

719

7-°

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

721

ni

THE GAZETrE OF INDIA ; EXTRAORDINARY

[PAPT IT- SEC 3(01

721

97 GI/R1-4

724

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART If—SEC. 3(i)]

725

726

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3fi)]

727

728

TfrE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

729

730

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

731

97 GI/81—5

732

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART TI—SEC. 3(i)]

733

734

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

735

736

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

737

738

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

739

97 QI/81—6

740

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PAKT II—SEC 3(0]

741

742

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)l

743

744

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART H—SEC. 3(i)]

745

746

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

747

97 GI/81-7

748

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)J

749

750

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

751

752

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)j

753

754

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC 3(0]

755

97GI/81-8

756

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)l

757

758

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

759

7fiO

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA-: EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

1G\

762

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART U—SEC. 3(i)]

763

97 GiySl—9

764

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

165

766

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

767

7 6 8

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

769

770

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART H—SEC. 3(i)]

771

772

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC, 3CD]

773

774

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

775

7

7

6

T

H

E

G

A

Z

E

T

T

E

O

F

I

N

D

I

A

.

•

E

X

T

R

A

O

R

D

I

N

A

R

Y

[

P

A

R

T

I

I

—

S

E

C

.

3

(

i

)

]

777

778

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

77<>

97GI/81—11

780

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

781

782

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)J

783

784

THE (jAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC 3(i)]

785

7Rfi

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

MINISTRY OF INDUSTRY

(Department of Industrial Development)

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi, (he 23rd Apiil, 1981

G S R 305(E).—The following draft of certain rules which

the Central Government proposes to make in exercise of

the powers conferred by sections 5 and 7 of the Explosives

Act, 1884 (4 of 1884) is hereby published as required by

sub-section (1) of section 18 of the aaid Act for the infor-

mation of all persons likely to be affected thereby and notice

is hereby Kiven that the said draft shall be taken into con-

sideration 45 days after the Gazette containing this notifica-

tion is made available to the public.

Any objections or suggestions received from any prison

with respect to the said draft before the date so specified will

be considered by the Central Government.

DRAFT EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981

CHAPTER T

1. Short title and commencement.—These lulec may be

called the Explosives Rules 198J.

2. Definitions.—In these rules, unless the context other-

wise requires,—

(1) "Act" means the Explosives Act, 1884 (4 of 1884);

(2) "authorised explosives" means any explosive included

in the list attached to these rules;

(31 "Chief Controller" means Chief Controllei of Ex-

plosives :

(4) "competent person" means a pcison lecogniscd by

the Chief Controller to be a competent pcison ;

15) "conservator" includes any person acting under the

authority of the officer or body of persons appointed

to be Conservator of a port under section 7 of the

Tndinn Ports Act, 1908 (15 of 1908);

(6) "Controlk-i" includes Dy. ChieF Controller of Ex-

plosives and Dy. Controllei of Explosives ;

(7) "detonatoi" means a small tube of aluminium or

copper or other materials approved by the Chief

Controller—•

(A) one end of which is closed and the other—

(i) left open for the insertion of safety fuse for the

purpose of initiating explosion within the tube;

01

(ii) fitted with wire or other device for that purpose

and scaled ; and

(b) which is loaded with a charge of fulminate class

explosive, the chare being so designed as to

produce an explosion that would

communicate

to other tube similarly constructed nnd charged ;

(8) "Form" means n form specified in Schedule V ;

(9) "licensablc capacity" in relation to a magazine means

2/3rd the full capacity of the magazine leckoned

on the basis of the floor area and required safety

zone all round such magazine ;

HO) "licensed factory"' means a factory in respect of

which a licence issued under these rules is in

force;

^

(11) "licensed magazine" means a magazine in respect of

which a licence issued under these rules is in force;

(12) "licensed store houso" means a store house in res-

pect of which a licence issued under these rales is

in force ;

(13) "magazine" means a building specially constructed

in accordance with a design approved by the Chief

Controller and intended for storage of more than

2.5 kg. of explosives other than safety fuse, fire-

works or liquid oxygen explosive ;

(14) "permitted explosives'" means authorised explosives

which arc permitted by the Director General, Mines

Safety, to be used in underground coal mines ;

(.15) "prohibited explosives" means explosives which are

prohibited by the Central Government under section

6 of the Act ;

(16) "protected woiks" includes—

(a) buildings in which persons dwell, work or assem-

ble, college, school, hospital,

theatre,

cinema

house, factory, place of storage

of hazardous

substances ;

(b) any public road or niilwpy line or navigable water

ways ;

(c) overhead Imnk high tension power lines ;

but does not include footpaths, cart liacks, agri-

cultural weIN and pump sets connected therewith;

(17) "safety cartridge" means a cartridge for small arms

having a diameter not exceeding 2.5 cms. the case

of which can be extracted foi the small-arms after

firing and which is so closed as to prevent any ex-

plosion in one cartridge being communicated to

other cartridges ;

(18) "safety iuse"' means a fuse for igniting charges of

other explosives which burns and does not explode,

and which does not contain its own means of igni-

tion, and which is of such strength and construction

787

srd contains an e\ploslvc in such quantity that the

burning of such fuse would not joinmunicate later-

ally with other like fuies;

(19) "safety zone" means the

lone necessary for tho

maintenance of the distances required under the

conditions of a licence to be kept clear between any

factoiy shed, mngazine or store house and protected

works ;

(20) "Schedule" means a Schedule annexed to these rules;

(21) "small-arm nitro-compound" means nitro-compound

adapted und intended exclusively for use in caitridges

for small-aims ;

(22) "store house" means a building other than a maga-

zine for keeping explosives ;

(23) "testing offker" means such officer as the Central

Government may appoint in this behalf;

(24) "transport" means movement of explosives from

one place to another by land, sea of air in India ;

(25) "transfer" with its grammatical variations and cog-

nate expressions, includes letting on hire, lending,

Riving and parting with possession ;

(26) "van" means a mechanically propelled vehicle for

transport of explosives by land.

3. Classification of explosives.—(1) For the purpose of

these rules explosives shall be classified in the manner speci-

fied in Schedule T.

(2) If any explosive falls within the limits of ilore than

one class as defined in Schedule I, it shall be deemed to be-

long exclusively to the last in number of such classes.

4. Safety distance categories of explosives.—

* (1) Explosives are divided into four categories according

to the risks which they present

when initiated,

namely :—

(i) Category X—Those explosives which have a fire

or a slight explosion risk or both, but the effect

of which will be local.

(ii) Category Y—Those explosives which have a mass

fire risk or a moderate explosion risk, but not

the risk of mass explosion.

(iii) Category Z—Those explosives which have a mass

explosion risk with serious missile effect,

(iv) Category ZZ—Those explosives which have a mass

explosion risk and minor missile effect,

(2) If any question arises as to whether tiny explosive

belongs to Category X, Categoiy Y, Category Z or

Category ZZ, the matter shall be referred to the

Chief Controller for decision.

CHAPTER II

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5, Prohibition of unauthorised explosives.—No person shall

import, export, transport, manufacture, possess, use or sell

any explosive which is not an authorised explosive:

Provided that nothing in thin rule shall apply to—

(j) the possession for use of manufactured fireworks

(Class 7 Division 2); and

(b) the manufacture and possession for test and trial

purposes and not for sale of a new explosive com-

position under development at a place specially

approved for the purpose by tho Chief Controller

in a licensed factory.

6. Procedure for authorisation of explosives.—(1) Any

person desirous of including an explosive in the List of

authorised explosives shall apply by submitting an application

therefor to the Chief Conli oiler.

(2) The application submitted in accordance witrl su^rule

(I) shall be in writing and accompanied by following parti-

cular;—

97 GT/81—12

(b) the limiting percentage of each ingredient of tho

explosive ;

(c) any substitute or substitutes for any specified ingre-

dient ;

(d) in the case of a new explosive to be manufactured

in Tndia, the process by which it is proposed to

carry out its manufacture ;

(e) where an explosive is enclosed in a case or other

contrivance, the dimensions of the case or other

contrivance, the quantity, nature and brand of ex-

plosive contained therein, the method of function

and performance characteristics of (he explosive and

instructions governing the use of the case or oihcr

contrivance ;

(f) the box, wrapping or other container in which the

exnlosive will be handled.

used or disnlavcd or

otherwise distributed, including the markings there-

on ; and

(R) the nackaee in which the exnlosive will be trans-

ported and stored, including the markings thereon.

(3) When, in the oninion of the Chief Controller, an ex-

plosive in respect of which an application h mede may

properly be considered for authorisation, the Chief Controller

shall instruct the annlicant as to the samples required and

the mnnner of forw&rdlnir the «ame to him or to nnv other

authority specified by the Chief Controller In this behalf.

(4) No person shall send a sample of an explosive unless

such person has first received the instructions referred to

under sub-rule (3).

(5) No person shall send a samn'e of an exn'o'ivp other-

wise than in accordance with instructions given by the Chief

Controller under sub-rule (3).

(6) (i) Samples forwarded under sub-rule (3) shall be

subjected to such of the tesU enumerated In clause (ii) of

this rule as are necessary, having regard to the n»turp and

tyce of exniosive submitted, to ensure that the exnloslve is

cariable of beim? safely manufactured, handled, stored, trans-

ported and used.

(ii) The tests referred to in clause (i) are tests of—

(a) physical properties—including consistency, reaction,

absoiptive power for moisture, segregation, in trans-

port or otherwise of the constituents. exud"tion,

behaviour at low temperatures, speriflc gravitv and

such other physical properties as may be consideied

necessary;

(b) chemical composition—determination of the percent-

age composition of the ingredients forming the ex-

plosive, and the quality of the ingredients employed

in its manufacture ;

(c) stability—determination of stability after subjection

to such varying environmental conditions as would

tend to produce spontaneous ignition or variation in

sensitiveness of an explosive;

(d) ignitfon—ignition point, behaviour on ignition. lia-

bility to spontaneous ignition, behaviour on ignition

in bulk:

(e) mechanical sensitiveness—determination of sensitive-

ness to friction and impact;

(f) air gap sensitivity and transmission of detonation;

(a) velocity of detonation;

(h) determination of strength ;

(i) composition of gases evolved upon explosion;

(j) such other tests as the Chief Controller may specify.

(7) An explosive tested in accordance with sub-rule (6)

snail be declared by the Central Government to be an autho-

rised explosive if, it is satisfied that such un explosive can

be safely manufactured, handled, stored, transported and

used.

788

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)l

(8) Author'sa+ion issued by the Centra] Governtnen: luicK-i

sub-iule (7) in iespett of any imported explore slu1! b<~

valid for one yeai from the date of -nithon'Mion provided

the foreign mamilactuiei certifies tiia' iiwie 1M IHC.I IK

change in 1he composition ol .in- othn tfuvc-i< Klus of the

explosive.

(9) The Chief Controller may at any tune subject any

explosive to the t«sts enumerated in sub rule (6). As a >esull

of th^ tests oi o-heiwise if the Chief Controller Is satisfied

that the explosive is no longei safe foi rnaniiracirc hunting

stornge, ttan=poil or use. he may tecmimena deletion of

such explosive from the authorised list.

(10) The Chief Controller, on compleuon of the testing of

an explos"'o, n rmsuance of sub-rule (6) -hall a'Vse the

Centra! Government in writing—•

fa) whether or not the explosive should be cedared to

be an authorised explosive; and

(b) where the explosive is declared to be an authorised

explosive, the class including any division and sub-

division within which the explosive falls

(11) (i) The Chief Contiollei -bal! maintain n li't of

authorised explosives showing—

fa) the brand or trade n ime of the explosive ;

(b) the mme and address of the manufacture)« ;

fc) the class, including any division and sub-divisions

thereof, within which each explosive falK; and

(d) the s-ifety distance category and the corresponding

United Nation's classification number and division

(11) A list of authoiised explosives that, by licence or per-

mit, are authorised to be manufactured if>, or imported into,

India *hall b; rvW^hed by the Central Government from

time to time.

(12) No alfeiation in the composition, limiting percentage

of ingredients or substitute ingredients, the process of manu-

facture, the deception ;nd construction of the case or the

contrivance as declaied in accordance with clause (a), (b).

(c). (d) & (e) of sub-rule (2) shall be car lied out without piior

appioval of the Central Government:

Provided that the Chief Controller vaay older fresh test

to be carried out if the proposed alteration in the percentage,

composition, nature of ingredients, process of manutacture or

construction of the case oi contrivance of the explosive are

likely to change the re^rlfs of the original test prescribed in

tVs rule

7. Restiktion on deliveiy and despatch of explosives.- •

(1) No person shall deliver or despatch any explosive to any

one other than a person who—

fa) is the holder of a licence to possess the explosives

or the agent of a holdei of such a licence duly

authorised by him in writing in this behalf; or

(b) is entitled undci thece rules to possess the explosives

wnhout a licence

(2) The explosives so delivered oi despatched shall in no

case exceed the quantity which the person to whom they

are delivered oi despatched is authorised to possess with

or without a licence under these rules.

(3) (i) No person shall receive explosives from any person

other than the holder of a licence granted undei these rules.

(ii) No person shall receive from or transfer explosives to

any person fo- a tempoiary storage or «afe custody in a

licensed magazine unless prioi approval is obtained from the

Chief Contioller.

8. Packing of explosives.—(I) No person shall import,

tender for transport, transport, cause to be transported,

possess oi sell any explosives unless it is packed —

fa) in the manner laid down in Schedule IT;

fb) a sample of the container or package for each ex-

plosive ha? beei tested and approved by the Chief

Controllei ;

)

t

h

e

o

n

t

n

r

c

i

n

r

p

^

t

K

"

!

I * .

I

I

>

I

I

L

•

!

. , »

i

c

^

o

i

d

a

n

r

e

i'uni'iif thai noli'ng JU tin

ml. si- I

ippl\

iu < xplo

sives in iht noccss of m iiiif.Kfuic.

(2) An CAplosive which is not an au'.'i msed explosive bin

which is requned to be transported foi purpces of test in

cm he MOi thciev ith shall be picked <n sin h marner as ma>

he dii ' !e>! li' (he Chief Cuntiol'ci

,win lereience to sucli

P\p)OM\CS

9 Marking of packages—(ll The ouiet package shall be

marked in conspicuous indelible characters by means of a

stampine. embossing ot painting wilh—

(?) the word "Explosive".

(b) the name of the authorised explosive.

(O the number of the Cl?-.-~ md o" tne Division lo which

it belongs,

(d) the safety distance category of explore

(e) the name of the manufacture'.

(0 thp name of the conrignoi and consignee, and

(a! the net weight of explojh e •

Piovided that in the case of safety fuse oi fireworks, the

word "Explosive" 'inj the number of the Class ^.nd Divi

sion may be omitted

(2) In the case of explosives used for ;hirgins for blasting

viz explosives of Class 2 or such oths1 explosives of Class 3

D P :sion 1 n- such olher explosives of Class 4 which con-

tain liauid nitio-compound exn^osive, the date of manufac-

ture and Ivlrh number ^hall be added

(3) In th; case of exo'ocives of Class 2 and Class 3, each

of the cartridges containina explosive 'hn11 be printed or

embossed legibly on it *ith •

(a) the word "EXPLOSIVE":

(b) ihe name of explosive-

(c) weight of exrlosive ,

fd) di.tmetci of the cartridge ;

fe) name of mamfacturer, and

(0 in case of permitted explosive, the lettei 'iJ'.

• (4) In the case of fnework% a camion or warning indicating

the method of firing and piecauti m-, to be taken shall be

printed on ^ach piece oi nrewo ^s and wheis adequrte

upace is no* available on the futworivb, such caution or

vvainin? may be printed on a septate label and inserted

in the «mj]'est packet or cartel

10. Weight of explosives—."he weight of eKplosives when

leferred to in these lules '•nail not include the weight of

the pLnk ng box in winch the explo ive, are packed:

Piovided that in case of ^\plosi\es of the 6th (Ammuni-

tion) Class oi 7 '• iri'.v.ii' s v ! v •• e weight shall be deem-

ed to be the iu -r\ • • ! ! . • .

mk...; ar ule inclusive of the

case oi cmtriv.rice n wh'.h the explosive is i.ontain'.d.

11 Competent person to be • ^chai :e of operations.—

Every person holding or acting un , a !i.;r;e granted under

these ru'es shall, whenever e\nlosiv. ase 'o Ued, unloaded or

handled, aepife a cotnpet ,t person e\p'ienced in the

handlmg of evr'osives to be pre«-i t it and to 'onduct the

opeiaaons in accoidance w h these IUI s

12. Precautions to bs ob er\ed in hnnd1 ng explosives —

ft) The floor of any place o anv • irjue oi vessel in which

.nn\ explosive is or is to b« laid a-u! th- g ound gangway,

deck-, and other places o\e v,b' •• th; r\ >'osive Is to be

conveyed d ,iing loading oi u->'oad ng sh M W -

ii) i.nefullv examined ti er< ae I'm Ciere is nothinc;

<hneon in contrav ution of ih s; uiles or likely

lo endanger the snfety of the voniianment; and

789

(n) thoroughly cleaned and suept before and

after

use.'

(2) '1 he package;, containing the explores ih ill Hot be

thrown oi dropped down or roiled or pulled along the ground

or floor but shaH be passed from hand to hand and carefully

deposited and stored.

(3) Wheie a package is to be «lung, due ptecaution shall

be taken to sling it in sujh a manner as effectually to pre-

vent the possibility of a fall.

{•!) Af.ei the handling of explores na> commenced, the

opeicitions shall proceed with due diligence and without un-

necessary stoppage.

13.

Reduction on funding ct explores atier sunset—

]No person shall handle or cause to be hardled any explo-

sive between tru hows of sunset and ,unrise ;

Provided that nothing in this ruJe shall apply to handling

of explosives during the daiL hours if proper illumination

K provided in the aiea and the place is guarded.

14

Piohibition of smoking, fires, lights and dangerous

substances.—No peison shall smoke, ,md no fires, lights or

aitides oi substari.es of a flammable nature or liable to

spontaneous ignition, or to caiKe ot co-pniunicatc fire or

explosion sr» h as acid1,

petroleum, caibide of calcium,

compjessed gices or such other hazardous subX.nces, shall

be allowed—

(u) ill any time v/iihin 15 meties tiom a place where

an explosive is stored ; oi

(b) at any place wheie an explosive is handled, during

transpoit one how before and during such handling:

Piovided that nothing in this rule shall apply to

the use on a ship of—

(i) an engine loom fiie, it uich fire has been jsie-

\iously carefully banked up, oi

(ii) any aitificial light or ship's signal ligh*s> aie of a

type approved in writing by the Chief Controller

in aieas outsiae port limits and by the Conserva-

toi of the pori within poit limits.

15. Piohibition ol rpatchts etc.—No person on, in, or near

any plac'e where explosives are stoied ui handled or on any

carriage conveying explosives shall—

(a) have m

his, possession any

matchts,

fules or

other appliances for pioducing ignition or explosion,

oi any knives or othei articles made of iron or

steel; or

(b) wear boots oi shoes with iron n.iils or shed or

sti engthened with'iron, unless Mich Pools or shoes

a>e coveied with leather, rubber, felt or other mate-

nal, in the form of overshoes or otheiwise.

lb. Split explosive to be destioyed.—If any explosive es-

capes from ihe package in which it is contained, or is split,

sucn explosive shall immediately be carefully collected and

destioyed as provided in these rules.

11. Employment of children, intoxicated persons '.md cer-

tain other persons.—No person shall employ, allow or engage

a person—

fa) who has not completed the age of 18 yeais, oi

(b) who is in a state oi intoxication, oi

(t) who is of unsound mind,

for manufacture, storage, sale, loading, unloading or transport

of explosives or to enter any piemises licensed -W.der these

niles.

18. PieCcUlions against danger from Wdter or exposure to

the sun or heat.—(I) In the case of any explosive which is

liable to be dangerously affectej by water, due piecautions

shall at all times be taken to prevent water from coming

in contact with such explosive.

(2) Packages containing explosives shall not be allowed to

jcnviin in the sun or exposed to excessive heat:

Ptouded that nothing- in sub-rule (2) shall apply to s>un

drying of gunpowder or fireworks or dry:ng of explosives in

4 licensed factory under conti oiled conditions.

19. Special precautions against accident .and the exclusion

of unauthorised persons.—(1) No person shall commit o;

attempt to commit anv act which may tend to tau-e a fire or

explosion in oi about any place where an explosive is manu-

fdclmed, stored o tianspoited :

Provided that nothing in this sub-iule shall apply to any

t'ct which is neressary for the purpose of the manufacture,

stdage or handling duung Uan'poit of «ny explosive or any

a; tide piesent therewith.

(2) Every peison possessing explosives and every peison in

charge of or eng.-ged in the import, export, mrnafacture, sale,

transport oi handling of explosives shall at all times—

( ) comply with provisions of these rules and the condi-

tions of any licence relating thereto ;

(b) obs-ue all due piecautions fo1 the pievention of

thefts and of accidents by fire or explosion ;

ft) piexent u.iauthoris;d persons fiorn having access to

the explosives;

(d) pie/tnt any other person from committing any such

act as is prohibited under sub-iu!e (1).

20. Resuietion^ on tiansport of certain types of explo-

it es.— Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules,

no person shall transport without appioval of Chiej Con-

ti oiler—•

(a) Nttio-glyceiine or fcthylene glycol dinitrate in auy

vehicle in an> quantity, except within ihe licensed

factory solely for the purpose of manufacture of

exolosives ;

(b) any explosive that i% not authorised explosives or

any explosi/e which is deteriorated or is in a damag-

ed condition.

CHAPTER 111

IMPORT AND EXPOkl

PART I—GENERAL

21. Restriction on import or export.— (1) No person shall

import or export any explosive except under and in accord-

ance with the conditions of a licence gi anted under these

iu!es.

(2) No licence shall be granted for import or export of

any explosives, unless—

(a) the explosi1 e is an authorised explosive ;

(b) the explosive, if of the 3rd (Nitre-compound class)

oi 4th fChloiate mixture) is ceuified in lorm I by

the testing officer to have passed Ihe tests specified in

Schedule III; and

(c) the explosive is certified to have russed fucb analysis

or examination, if any. as the Chief Controller or

the CUSIOJPS Collector at his discretion, by cder

in writing, may reanire in order to determine its

composition or condition.

H) No neison shall be granted an import or exooit 'icence

unless he is the bolder of a lirence for twess'on in a maga-

zine or ,i store bouse authorised for the class and quantity

of exniosives intend?,! to be imported or expoited.

(4) Notwith'-t <*><1in£» qtivtfc'ne rnnti'if'^ in Mib-tnle (Vl,

th^ exr'^o^'^ ^"- tn nrnnt'tjp« ex^p^^ff" ihp li^^-n^^r' c^nacity

,v4ic"|if. I in (1 •* I^enre v~iv bp irnnoited w^Ti p i V nermis-

oon of thf Ch>'ef PoitroiVr. nrovHeri ademi'it" nfivan'-e ar-

' !nse"i<"iits •>•? made bv file imwte»- to distribute directly

from the r.oi* of ir>no!t, the explosives fo the other licenced

magazines oi licensed store house*.

790

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

PART II

IMPORT OR EXPORT PY SEA

22. import or export by sea.—{lj No explosive »hall DC

unpoiicu ox expoueu oy sea except at tne poits of Bombay,

Couiin, i^ai^uLLti at uiumona ±iarcour, Madras, Tuticorin

or v isaknapuinarn:

Provided that exports only of explosives in such quantities

as may be specined by the Chief Conn oiler, may be done

ai the poits or ivanaia and Mormugao.

(2) ine quantities of explosives, manner of handling dur-

ing uistnuifio irom or loading into a snip sdall bo cauicd

OUL m uu,umaneij with, tne provisions or rules regulating the

aanuiing or explosives at the ports ot Bombay, Calcutta and

Mauras issuca unacr the Act and respective port rules and

bye-laws.

23. Declaration by importer.—A person holding an import

licence granted under these rules shall furnish a declaration—

(a) in form 14 to the Chief Controller as soon as ship

carrying explosives sails from trie port of loadinjj;

(b) in form 15 as soon, as any shipment of explosive*

is cleared from the port of Import.

24. Declaration by master of ship or by the ship's agent.

(1) Ihe master or every snip carrying explosives or the agent

for such ship shall give the Conservator of th© Port not les»

than 4b nours notice of its Intended arrival at the Port.

(2) The master ol every ship carrying explosives shall

deliver to the pnot, before entering any port, a written de-

claration in torm 2 under his signature:

Provided that if m anticipation of a ship's arrival, the

agent for sucfi snip delivers to the conservator of the port

a written declaration as aforesaid under his signature, no

such declaration need be made by master of the ship.

(3) Every declaration delivered to a pilot under iub-rule

(2) snail be maae over by him without delay to the conserva-

tor of the port, and all declarations recived by the conserva-

tor of the port snail be forwarded by him, with all con-

venient despatcn to tnc Custom Collector of the port.

25 Declaration t>y exporter or his agent.~(l) The exporter

or his authorised agent shall give the conservator

of

the

port not less than 48 hours notice of his intention to brintr

explosives to port tor export and shall not brine tfe ex-

wSinT^m^rsa^offlcer *»"* **» P™l o a ta

before^e coX™^?^ SUS*

^

** 9l°*"e

(a) licence granted under these rulcs for export of ex-

plosives in question;

(b) a certificate issued by exporter to the effect that the

explosives have been packed ,ind marked in accord-

ance wrtn these rules and are safe for transport by

26.

Sampling procedure from imported explosives—fl)

When the master of. or the agent for, a ship hasmade dec'

lector o'fT

h\

rUle 24' i?uch offlcer •« the Customs Col-

£

* £

p? r t m a y a u t h o r i s e in this behalf shall go on

is intended to land at the port and are required bv or under

tiiese rules to be tested, analysed or examined

(2) The master shall deliver to the Offlcer referred to In

whMfeJmnl'WUh0Ut Cha-r8^ Samples of aI1 the oxpfoslves rf

which samples are required to be taken under that sub-rule

dr^mT"" consistm* of at I«« two cartridges Z n be

fcea^TnT

Sha" be take° *™' P^aVSage

vo£ 'mfon™8 f

any samples undcr 8u1>njle (1) fin*

27. Dcspatcn of samples to the testing officer.—(1) The

officer taking a sample of any explosives under nne 26 shall

afflx to it the name ot the ship, the name of the consignee,

name of the explosive and inch other distinguishing marks,

as he may think, necessary and shall forward it to the testing

officer without delay.

(2) In the case of a Nitro-compound or a Chlorate mix-

ture, the date and batch number referred to in sub-rule (2) of

rule 9 shall also be affixed to the sample.

28. Ttesting of samples.—(1) The testing ofllcer shall test,

analyse or examine, as the case may be, the sampies and shall

without delay forward to the Customs Collector a certificate

in form T in duplicate under his signalure certifying whether

the explosives have satisfied the prescribed tests, analysis or

examination.

(2) The Customs Collector shall, us soon as practicable,

and ordinarily within 24 hours after receipt of the report of

the teiung officer forward a copy each of tuc certificate in

form I to the Chief Controller and the Controller of

the

area having jurisdiction.

29. Permission to land expIosive:..-i~U) No imported ex-

plosives shall be permitted to be landed by the Customs Col-

lector except with the prior permission ot the Chief Control-

ler or the Controller duly authorised in this behalf who shall

issue such permission if the explosives have satisfied the pres-

cribed tests, analysis or examination and after making such

other enquiries as considered necessary,

(2) If the Customs Collector, alter receiving the peimis-

sion under sub-rule (1) above and the licence lor import of

such explosives under these rules and after making such

further enquiries as he deems necessary, is satisfied that the

explosives can lawfully be Imported, he shall permit it to be

landed.

0) Nothing in this rule shall affect the power of Customi

Collector to detain the explosives under any other law for

the lime being in force.

(4) The imported explosives shall be removed from the

port premises by the importer as expeditiously ps possible.

PART III

IMPORT OR EXPORT BY LAND

30. Import or export by land.—No licence for import or

export of explosives shall be granted without the previous

sanction, in each case, of the Central Government and under

such conditions and restrictions as it may impose in consul-

tation with Chief Controller

PART IV

IMPORT OR EXPORT BY AIR

31. Prohibition of certain explosives.—(1) No explosive

t

u

"^S*6^

e xP° r t e d bV air Mcept at the ports of

Bombay, Delhi, Calcutta and Madras or any other Inter-

national airport authorised for this purpose by the Central

Government from time to time.

(2) Any explosive which is not included, in Schedule VI

shall not be imported or exported by air.

(3) A person holding a licence for import or export of

explosives by air or his authorised agent shall Rive a declara-

nlrnnn M

V nm*

^ T

brin«in«L t h c <>*p1osivcs Into the

airport to the Officer Incharge of the Airport. Collector of

Customs and the Chief Controller giving Full part culars of

the explosives intended to be Imported or exported

exJiL^v P w , n Z h ? U ^rInjt exPlosiv« to the airport for

Tnch°ar«Xf [ hr ACortPnOr ^

^

* ^ ' ^

°f t h e

Offlcer

the same n I expedltfoiisly a s , M s M e from lr,S

e a"r%rt

J«

E^P1oSlve.s.m(:flnt 'or export JhalT be brought lo thc air-

port after malting proper amingemwts and onTy after

£

791

aircraft is ready for loading explosives and explosives w>

brought to the airport ahaU be loaded directly into the

aircraft.

(7) If for any unforeseen circumstances explosives brought

to the airport cannot be removed from the airport or loaded

into the aircraft, such explosives shall be stored in an Isolated

shed under guard as directed by the Officer lncharge of the

Airport and all due precautions against theft, fire or explo-

sion shall be taken.

CHAPTER IV

TRANSPORT

PART I—GENERAL

32. Licence for transport and issue of pushes.—(1) No

peison shall transport explosives except under and in accord-

ance with the conditions of a licence granted under these

rules :

Provided thtu nothing in this sub-rule shall apply lo—

Ii) the transport of any explosive? within the licensed

factory or fiom the licensed factory to the licensed

magazine or store house situated within the licensed

factory ;

lii) the transpoit of any explosives irnpoitcd under a

licence in form 27 from the place of import to the

place of destination

specified in the licence for

import of explosives;

(iii) the transport of any explosives tor the possession of

which no licence is necessary (lee mle 114);

(iv) the transport by the holder of a licence in form 2?

of any of the explosives covered by his licence in

such quantity as he may require for his private

use :

(v) the tiansport of safety fuse, fireworks.

(2) Every consignment of explosives

transported undei

licence shall be accompanied by a pass issued by the con-

signor in form 16.

(3) Such pass shall be attached to the way-bill, invoice or

despatch note as the case may be,

(4) A copy of eveiy pass issued under sub-iule (2) shall

forthwith be sent by tbc consignor to—

(I) the licensing authority who issued the licence for

transportation of explosives;

(ii) the Controller of Explosives in whose jmisdktion the

place from which the consignment is sent is situat-

ed;

(hi) the Controller of Explosives in whose juiisdiction the

placo to which the consignment is sent is situated.

33. Restrictions on transportation of different explosives

in the same carriage.—An explosive of 5th (Fulminate) class

or detonator or any other explosive of 6th (Ammunition)

Class containing its own means of ignition or initiation, or

an explosive of 7th (Fireworks) class shrill not be transported

in the same carriage, or save as provided in rule 49 in the

same vessel and shall not bo conveyed or handled with

any explosives not of the class and division to wtlch it

belongs.

34. Certificate of safety.—(1) Before transporting of ten-

dering for transport an explosive of 3rd (Nltro-compound)

class or of the 4th (Chlorate mixture) class, the consignor

shall attach to the consignment note a valid certificate in

form I or certified copy thereof granted by testing officer.

(2) The ceitificatc referred to in sub-rule (1) shall be valid

for a period of 12 months from the date on which it was

Bran ted :

Provided that in the case of explosives containing Nitro-

glycerine which are not used as propellants such certificate

shall lapse on the 31st July following and fresh certificate

may, at the discretion of the Railway Administration con-

cerned, be demanded for explosives to be transported by rail

during the period from 1st April to 31st July if the original

certificate has been granted earlier than 30th of September

preceding.

35. Transport in passenger carriages

and vessels.—Savo

as otheiwise expressly provided^ in these rulei, no explosive

shall be transported in any carriage, vessel or air-craft plying

for or carrying passengers on hire.

36. Maximum consignments allowed.—The quantity of ex-

plosives tianspoiied shall not exceed—

(j) 10 tonnes or half the carrying capacity of the Rail-

way wagon whichever is less ;

(ii) 10 tonnes or the maximum carrying capacity of a

road van licensed under these rules by a Regional

Transport Authority, whichever is less., in any one

carriage other than a Railway wagon :

Provided that if the explosives to be transpoited

is of 2nd class, the quantity of explosives shall not

exceed 15 tonnes or the maximum carrying capacity

of the van, whichever is less ;

(iii) one tonne in any animal drawn carriage ;

(iv) 22.5 tonnes in any one boat;

(vl quantity specified in Schedule VI in any one ali-

craft.

37. Despatch of explosives to canieis for tiansport.—(1)

No person slhill despatch any explosives to a-currier other

tfyin the Railway Administration for the puipose of transport.

(2) No person shall despatch any explosives to the Railway

Administration fur the purposes of transport unless—

(u) he ha* given the Station Master a notice in writing—

(i) of his intention to tender such explosives ;

(ii) Certifying that the explosive has been packed and

marked in accordance with rules 8 and 9 ;

(iii) stating the true name, description and quantity of

explosive to be transported ;

(b) he has received a reply and intimation in writing

from the Station Master that he is prepared to

receive the explosive for immediate despatch;

(c) he has received a confirmation from the conslgnoi

regarding readiness to receive explosives as autho-

rised tinder these rules.

(3) No peison shall bring, send or forward to, or upon,

any Railway any explosives which a Railway administration

has by any notice or regulation for the time being in force

notified that it will not receive.

38. Place and time of loading and unloading.—(1) Every

explosive shall be loaded and unloaded at a sale distance

from the station buildings, pfiSJLLiger platforms, dwelling

houses, factories, public buildings and other buildings or

places where persons assemble or any

flammable or other

hazardous goods are stored or handled.

(2) Every explosive intended for transport by road whether

under a licence or otherwise shall be loaded only near a

licensed magazine, licensed store house or other licensed

premises,

(3) Loading of explosives after sunset within a licensed

factory may be carried ,out upto 2200 hours at a well Illu-

minated place approved by the Chief Controller,

(4) Nothing in rule 13 and sub-rule (1) shall apply to any

operations connected with the transport of explosives by

passenger train or by a "pick up" or "van" goods train used

for the transport of small consignments or in the brake van

of mixed trafn.

39. Carriage o.- ^essel or aircraft to be In readiness for

loading.—No explosives shall be brought to any pla-^e of

loading until the carriage or vessel or aircraft Into which It Is

to be loaded is at that place in readiness to receive it.

40. CarriflKe or vessel or aircraft to be mcharge of a com-

petent person.—(1) A carriage other than a railway carriage

or vessel or aircraft transporting explosives shall at all times

be in charg? of, and constantly attended by competent person

experienced In the handling of explosives and appointed hv

7 9 2

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

the. owner of such carriage or aiiciaft or master of the vessel.

Such person shall supervise all loading or unloading operations

and shall take all due precautions in regaid to explosives

until completion of the leceipt and storage or discharge

thereof.

(2) The person in chaige of a carriage or aiieraft or-vessel

shall not drive, conduct or manoeuvre sii:h carnage or vessel

or aircraft in a dangciou-. or negligent manner.

41 Piotection from fite or explosion.—(1) No carriage or

aircraft or vessel shall be used for transporting explosives

Btiiess all iron or steel theiein with which a package contain-

ing any explosive is likely to come in comuct is effectually

covered with lead, leather, wood, cloth oi other suitable

material.

(2) Where tne weight of the explosives transported in any

carriage exceeds 1000 kgs. they shall be placed in the interioi

of the carnage which shall be enclosed on ail sides with wood

or metal bJ as effectually to protect the eKrlosJws from

communication of fire and the cnmage shall be locked.

(3) Wheic iju weight of explosives transported in any

vessel exceeds 1000 h.g->., they shall be placed in the hold of

the vessel which shall hcive .* closed deck and closely fitting

hatches and double water-tight bulk he.'ds shall be provided

at each end of the hold where the explosives are stowed and

the hatches shall be locked.

(4) Wheie the explosives catiied in carriage o> vessel do"

not exceed 1000 kgs. in weight, the explosives shall, unless

they are con/eved in the manner specified in sub-rule (2)

or sub-rule (3), rs the case may be, be completely covered

with fire p'oor clo'h, tarpaulin or any other suitable material

so as effectuall\ 10 piotect the explosives from lommunication

of fire.

(5) AH doors, hatches and coverings of every compart-

ments or hold containing explosives in or on any carriage

O! vessel shall be kept closed and seciced except when ex-

plosives ate K-inq loaded or unloaded into, onto or from

it.

(6) WheT explosives are bein" carried in or on a carriage

ot air craft oi \es«-i, jhev shall be kept away from anything

whether in the vairi.'ge or vessel or elsewhere that would be

liable to cause them to ignite or explode.

42. Delay in transit to be~ avoided.—If the quantity

ol

explosives tianspoited in any carriage or veesel exceeds 2.5

kgs.,

the peison or persons in charge of such eajiriee

or

vessel shall not stop or delay at any place for a longer time

than may be leasonably necessmy, nor stop i nnccessaiily at

any place wheic such stopping would be attended with danger

to public.

43. Repaiii to conveyance.—Befote any repairs oi altera-

tions are commenced in any part of a vessel in which ex-

plosives are being, oi have been transported, all due pre-

cations should be taken to Temove all such explosives, oi

any remnants thereof, and the space in such ca;riage or vessel

in which such explosives have been carried shall be thoroughly

washed out to ersuie that no remnants of explosives lemain

therein.

44. Small qualities of fiteworks exempted.—Nothing con-

tained in rules 35. 40 and 41 shall appi/ to the tianspoit

of manufactured fits works in the custody of a person entitled

to possess thcii without a licence under rule 114, provided

that not mce than 2.5 kgs. of manufactured (reworks, se-

curely packed shall be so tianspoited in rny ir^fc- vehicle

licensed foi conveyance of more than six passengeis.

45. Safetv distances between carnages and boats.—Wheie

the explosive, in two or more carriages, other than motor

vehicles or ^n two <>i moie boats, travelling in company

exceed the m \imum quantity in rule 36 for any one carriage

or boat, such carriages or boats shall not apnroach within 50

metres of one another :

Provided that—

(J) nothing in this rule shall apply to the transport of

explosives by tail;

(b) the Conservator of the port nuv waive ihe require-

ment within the limits of a port if in his opinion

it is impracticable to secure compliance within this

rule.

PART 11—TRANSPORT BY WATER

46. Notice of loading on or unloading from ships.-—No

explosive shall be loaded on or unloaded fiom a ship within

the limits of a port unless 48 hours notice in writing _ of the

intended time and place of such operation has been given to

tne Conservator of the port.

47. Steamer (ires and lights.—No explosive shall be loaded

on or unloaded from any ship—

(a) unless tne engine 100m fites have been previously

carefully banked up, and all other fires and lights

extinguished :

(b) while the ship is attached to or alongside of any

steam vessel ot steam tug, unless the engine room

fiies of such steam vessel or steam tug, have pre-

viously been carefully banked up and all other fires

and lights have been previously extinguished:

Ptovided th.it nothing in this rule sha{l prevent the em-

ployment of an artificial light or ship's signil lights of a

tvpe approved in writing by the Chief

Coutniler in areas

outside the port litnits and by the Con=eTatoi of the port

within the port limits :

Provided further that a steam tua may be employed at the

poit of Madras to pidce boats alongside a ship carrying ex-

p'osives or to iemove them but no loading or unloading

operations shall be carried on so long as a tug 'is within a

distance of 50 meties from the ship.

48. Stowage.—No explosives shall be slowed in a ship

except in accordance with regulations contained in the Mer-

chant Shipping Cairiage of Dangerous Goods Rules. 1978

("Annexure 1).

49. Conveyance of explosives on unberthed passenger

ships.—Any authorised explosives satisfying the requirements

of clauses (b) and (c) of sub-r'i'e (2) of rule 21 may be

transported in a Droperly conducted magazine on an un-

bei thed. passenger ship to which Part IV of the Indian Mer-

chant Shipping Act, 1923 f v \ i

of 1923—Annexure II)

applies being a home trade ship as defined in sub-section (3)

of Section 2 of the said Act or plying to ports in the Per-

sian Gulf:

Provided that—

(a) the consignor satisfies the certifying officer referred

to in section 157 of the Indian Moichant Shipping

Act, 1923 (XXI of 1923—Ar.mxu.e II) that no

other means of conveying the explosives are avail-

able ;

(b) the magazine complies in all rejects with the speci-

fications for magazines in ships bid down by the

Board of Trade and is approved by the Surveyors

of the. ^Mercantile Marine Department ;

(<:) the explosives are packed and rmrki c! in accordance

with these rules ;

(d) detonators are not carried i'n the same hold as

other explosives: and

(e) the hold containing the magazine d >-, n> t contain

anv_ other hazardous or flammable goods at any time

during which the magazine is in use for the carriage

of explosives.

T-i50;- Conveyance of explosives on mssereer vessels.—(I)

The following explosives may be carried in a passenger vessel;

fa) an.y explosive not exceeding 2.5 k« in weight other

than a fulminate (Class 5), rmmi'inVon containing

its own means of ignition (CI.i^ 6, Division 3) '

or fiteworks (Class 7); rnd

(M detonators not exceeding' 200 MI irnrrber and certi-

fied in writing by the Ikensee not to contain in the

aggregate more than 225 gms. of explosives *

793

Pio"ided that—

(i) previous notice i& gi»rea to the person in charge ol

" the vessel in whkh the explosive is intended to be

conveyed;

(u) all due piccaulions aic laken to prevent accidents.* by

iii e 01 explosion ;

(iii) detonators are not carried in the same compartment

as otfiei explosives.

(2) Nothing in Rules 13, 40, sub-rule (5) of rule 41, 47, 51

to 54 and 57 shall apply to explosives carried in a passenger

vessel under sub-rule (1).

51. Anchorage of vessels carrying explosives.—(1) Eveiy

vessel having explosives on board and entering a port shall

be anchored at such anchorage as the conservator of the

port shall appoint in this behalf and shall not leave such

anchorage without the general or special order of the Con-

servator of the port and subject to such conditions as_ may

be specified in the Order.

(2) Such anchorage shall in no case be the same as that

for vessels laden with petroleum and shall be at such distance

from the anchorage for vessels laden with oeti oleum as to

render it impossible for a fire originating at the former an-

chorage to affect vessels anchored at the latter.

52. Red flag or warning light to be exhibited.—Eveiy vessel

having explosives on board exceeding 50 kgs. in _ weight

shall, while approaching or leaving a port and during the

time that it remains within the limits of the port or on any

inland water, exhibit conspicuously—

(a) between sunrise and sunset, a red flat? not less Ihmi

1 metre square ; and

fb) between sunset and sunrise, a single red light visible

all round the horizon.

53. Vessels to lie singly.—Every vessel wholly or partly

laden with explosives shall lie s'ingly and be kept at a distance

of at least 50 metres from any other vessel except during

ihe actual transhipment of explosives, when one boat may

lie along side on each side of a ship, boat or floating maga-

zine and two ships may lie alongside each other.

54. Vessels not to lie alongside magazines, jetties etc.—

No vessel having any explosive on board shall He alongside

any vessel, floating magazine, quay wharf, jetty land or

'anding stage except for the purposes of loading or unloading

and then only during the time necessary for the actual loading

or unloading of such vessel and shall proceed on its voyage

without delay except such delay as mav be unavoidable in

consequence of tide or weather.

55. Loading and unloading prohibited while a vessel is

underway.—No explosive exceeding 450 kgs. in weight and

no detonators shall be loaded or unloaded while a vessel is

underway.

Explanation.—A vessel is 'underway' when she is not at

anchor or moored or made fast to the shoie o>- a ground.

56. Place of loading and unloading within a port area.—

Fxplosives shall within the limits of a port, be loaded from,

landed at. brought into or denosited upon, only such quay

or other place as the -Conservator of the Port may by general

or special order direct.

57. Cushion to be used.—A cushion properly stuffed with

oakum and covered with leather, or one of such other kind

as the Conservator of the poit may from time to iime ap-

prove, shall be used in shipping an explosive in any vessel

or in landing it upon and wharf or other landing place

within the limits of a port.

58. Ships to handle explosives with despatch.—(]) Ships

arriving in a port with explosives intended to b; landed at

the port shall discharge them with all reason ible despatch,

and ships taking explosives on board sh'ill proceed to sea

wilft all rea'onable despatch.

f2> No sWn or boat shall setain on bo.irj anv cirgo of

explosives and ifmain in the port for n pp'in I longer" flu n

three davs •

Piovided that the couseiMtor of the pott m consultation

\Mth Chief Controller may extend such period under such

conditions as deemed fit if he is satisfied that cuch exten-

sion ol p< riod is considered necessary.

59. Boats to be licensed.—(1) No bo tts> slu'.l be used lor

the tianspott of explosives exceeding 1000 kgs. in weight

except under and in accordance wilh the conditions or the

licence granted—

(a) by the Conseivatoi of the poit in the case of a

boat plying within the limits o. a port, or

(b) bv an officer appointed by the Centra' Government

in this behalf in the case of a bo it plying in areas

outside poit limits.

(2) The licence shall specify the maximum quantity of ex-

plosives the boat is authorised to carrying

which quantity

shall be fixed in consultation with the Chief Controllei.

(3) Every licence granted under sub-rile (1) shall lemain

valid for a period of—

(a) four months in the case of a be ,t plying within the

limits of a port; and

(b) one year in the case of a boat plying in areas outside

port limits.

(4) The licence refeued to in sub-rule (1) shall be granted

or »enewed in such form and on paymert of such fees as may

be specified by the Central Government.

(5) A copv of eveiy licence granted in sub-rule (1) shall

be forwarded to the Chief Controller.

(6) Every person in charge of any boat licensed under sub-

rule (1) shall, when lequired so to do by an officer mentioned

in rule 179, produce the licence of su<'h bo:it for inspection.

60. Buoy to be carried.—(1) Every boat carrying explo-

sives within the limits of a port shall cai ry on deck a buoy

with a rope 27 metres length and 7.5 cm., diameter, one end

of the rope being attached to the buoy and the other end to

the boat. The rope sha!l be attached to such pait of the

boat as is most clear of spars gear or other obstruction and

at surh point as is appioxed by Ihe Hcjnsma authority under

rule 59. •

(2) The buoy shall be a dium painted red measuring not

less than 55 cm. in length and 35 cm, in diameter, properly

strapped with an iron band in the middle anj having a ring

attached for securing the rope.

61. SmOicing, file, dangerous articles ana other cargo prohi-

bited.—The following shall not be permitted on board any

boat which has explosives on board—

(ij fire or light of any description other than the warn-

ing light referred to in lule 52 ;

fii) smoking;

(iii) any substance of an inflammable nature or liable to

spontaneous ignition;

(iv) any substance liable to cause ar communicate fire

or explosion ;

(\) any other cargo, unless the c irrvmg of such other

cargo has been specially authorised in writing bv

the Conservator of the port with'a port limits or

bv the Chief Controller in aie.is outside po't

limits :

Provided that nothing in this rule shall ipp'ly to the trans-

port of explosives in a mechanically propelled boat subject

to such conditions as mav be specifie.1 by the- Chief Con-

troller.

PART TIT—TRANSPORT BY RAIL

62. Rail Veins to be approved.—No exp'i isives other th.in

safety fuse

and fireworks shall be

transported by rail

except in a van specially constructed for the carriage- of ex-

plosives and of a type approved by the Chief C mtroller and

the Railway Board.

794

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC 3(i)]

63. Marking of railway carriage.—(1) On each side of

every railway carriage containing any explosive there shall

be affixed in conspicuous characters by means of a securely

attached label or otherwise the word "Explosives.".

(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1) shall apply to a carriage con-

taining explosives transported in accordance with the provi-

sions of clause (b) of rule 64 or rule 69.

64. Transpoit of explosives with ordinary goods.—Not-

withstanding anything contained in rule 62, the following

explosives may be transported by any train other than a pas-

senger or mixed train in a carriage not cairying any article

or substance liable to cause or communicate fire or ex-

plosion.

fal any quantity of safety fuse for b'asting;

(b) any other explosive approved by the Chief Control-

ler for (he purpose of this rule provided such ex-

plosive is packed in metallic cases or cylinders

which fulfil all the requirements of these rules and

are of a pattern appioved by the Railway Adminis-

tration and the Chief Controller.

65. Position of railway carriages.—Every railway carriage

containing explosives shall be placed as far away as practic-

able fiom the engine and shall be close-coupled to the ad-

joining carriage and shall be pieceded and followed by three

carriages not loaded with explosives or other articles or subs-

tances of flammable or hazardous nature, provided that-—

(a) on the Darjeeling-Himalayan Railway carriages con-

taining explosives need not he close-coupled;

(b) on the Nilgid and Karaikal-Peralam Railways, only

one carriage need intervene between the engine

and carriages containing explosives ;

(c1 on the electrified section of Railways when trains

are hauled by electric locomotives,

no carriages

need intervene between the «nsiiu and the carriage

containing explosives.

66. Maximum quantity of explosives to be transported bv

rail,—Not moic than 5 carriages containing exp'osives shall

at any one time be loaded or unloaded at or on any railway

6tation or wharf and not more than 10 carriages containing

explosives shall be attached to or transported by, any one

train.

67. Prohibition on passenger or mixed trains,—No explo-

sive shall be transported by any passenger or mixed train.

68. Despatch of explosive vans by mixed trains—Notwith-

standing anything contained in rule 67, any explosive may

be transported by a mixed train in vans specially approved

under rule 62 on nny line or section on which goods trains

are not running subject to the following conditions^

(a) Not more than 3 such vans containing explosives shall

bo hauled at any one time.

(b) There shall be not less than 3 carriages between

the vans containing explosives and the engine and

between such vans and the passenger carriages.

fc) The vans containing explosives shall be close-coupled

to the adjoining carriages and to each other.

(d) Immediately on entering on any section upon which

goods trains are running, the vans containing ex-

plosives shall be detached from the mixed train.

69. Conveyance of explosives by

passenger or mixed

trains-—Notwithstanding anything contained in mles 62 and

67, the following explosives may be transported by passenger

or mixed train—

fi) Safety fuses for blasting.

(ii) Explosives of the 3rd (Nitro-compound) class, other

than propellants, In the form of cartridges not ex-

ceeding in the aggregate 2.5 kfw. in weight, provided

no detonators are carried in the same compartment,

fiift Detonators to the number of 200 if the amount of

explosives in the package or package containing

dctondtois does not exceed in the aggregate 225

gms., provided

(a) a certificate to such effect is tendered by the con-

signor ; and

(b) no other explosive is parried in the same Lorn-

partment,

(IV) Sporting powders and propellants packed in double

packages prescribed in Schedule II, provided-

fa) the explosive is contained in tin canisters con-

taining not more than 5 kgs. each packed in a

stout wooden case with a completely spark-proof

outer cover of tin or zinc or in n metal Lase or

cylinder of a pattern approved by the Chief Con-

troller ;

(b) no outer case contains more than 12.S kgs, of

explosives ; and

(c) the total consignment by one train docs not exceed

in the aggregate 37 5 kgs.

70. Receipt, of consignment of explosives by railways.—

Consignments of explosives intended to be transported by

iail shall be lccerved only-—

(.i) by a scivant authorised by the Railway Administra-

tion concerned to receive dangerous goods ; and

(W at such times between sunrise and sunset and at

suoh places within railway premises as the Railway

Administration may specify in this behalf,

71. Shunting.—No shunting of

carriages containing ex-

plosives shall be carried out on any railway save under the

superintendence of duly authorised officer who shall be res-

ponsible that—

(a) when the tiain is being marshalled, carriages loaded

with explosive shall not be shunted by a locomotive

unless they are separated from tiny engine by not

less than three carriages- containing no explosive

or easily inflammable substance ;

(b) dining the shunting of carriage containing explosive,

the speed of all movements shall not exceed 8 kilo-

metres an houi ; and

(L) no loose shunting takes place

72. Delivery to and from railway premises. —(1) Packages

containing any explosive shall be removed by the consignee

from the station, wharf or depot of the railway to which

they have been transported as soon as practicable and with

all due diligence after arrival.

(2) If the packages are not removed within the twelve

houVs of day-light following their arrival the packages and

contents may be forthwith returned to the consignor at his

risk and expense.

(3) Every package containing an explosive shall until re-

moved, returned or despatched be kept in a safe place

under the special direction of the Station Master at a safe

distance from the station buildings under a police guard if

necessary and shall be completely covered with tarpaulins or

other suitable material.

73 Power of railway administration.—(I) Where a Rail-

way Administration suspects that an explosive or carriage

or package containing an explosive does not comply with

any of these rules, the Administration may—

fa) prevent the entry of such explosive, carriage or pack-

age upon their premises, or refuse to receive or

transport them ; or

fb) at any time open Or require such carriage or pack-

age to be opened to ascertain the facts.

(2) Tf any explosive or anv carriage or package containing

explosives is found not to comply with any of these rules

the _ Railway Administration may return such explosives'

carnage or package to the consignor at his risk and expense!

f3) Where any explosive or any carriage or pacVfloe con-

taining explosive not

complying

with

these rules

can-

not in the opinion of the Railway Admirilitrdtion ne returned

795

to the consignor under sub-rule (2) without undue risk the

Admiruct! ation may, in consultation with the Chief Con-

troller and in such manner as he may specify, destroy at the

consignor's risk and expense the explosive or the contents

of th-s carnage or package.

74. Explosives not io be carried across railway bridges.—

No explosne shall be carried otherwise than by rail across

any lailway bridge across which reasonabb facilities for the

transport thcteof b> rail are afforded by the Railway Adminis-

tration :

- Provided th.-t nothing in this rule sha'l apply to—

(a) safety fuses for blasting in any quantity; or

(b) gunpowder oc mtro-componnds or ammunition,

Class 6. Division 2 and 3, in any quantity not

exceeding 5 kgs.

PART IV—TRANSPORT BY ROAD

75. Streets, public places and other specified areas.—(1)

No person shall transport or cause to be transported any

explosive on any road within the limits of a municipality or

cantonment where such road is specifically prohibited -where

for plying vehicles carrying explosives.

j

(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1) shall apply to—

(a) anv explosive of 7th (fireworks) class, or safety fuse,

or

(b) gunpowder or other explosive not exceeding 5 kgs.

in weight.

76. Licence for road vans.—No person shall transport or

cause to be transportedT any explosives in a road van unless

such vehicle is licensed under these rules to carry explosives :

Provided that nothing in this rule shalf apply to transport

of safety fuse and fireworks.

77. Restriction on transport of explosives by vehicles other

than roid vans.—(1) No explosive shall be transported by

any carriage which is not a road van, provided that—

(a) the distance from the place of loading to the place

of destination exceeds 10 km.;

(b) the transport of explosives is restricted to the period

between sunrise and sunset;

(c) the explosives are accompanied by at lsast two able-

bodied guards;

Od) a red flag is displayed on each cart;

(e) the packages containing

explosives

are suitably

covered and secured by a tarpaulin.

(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1) applies to safety fuse or fire-

works.

78. Loading of explosives.—(1) The person incharge of

loading explosives into or in to a vehicle or aircraft for

carriage shall ensure that the explosives are stowed in such

a manner that—

(a) during normal course of

transport they will not

move and will be protected against friction and

bumping ; and

(b) should it become necessary <fo unload any of the

explosives, those remaining can be restowed with

as little disturbance as possible.

(2) No person shall load or unload explosives onto or

from a licensed vehicle, except when the engine of the

vehicle is stopped, the wheels choked and the hand brake

applied.

79. Restrictions on use of towed vehicles.—No person shall

transport explosives in any towed vehicle or tow any vehi-

cle transporting explosives.

80. Carriage of explosives with other substances prohibit-

ed.—No otbei goods shall be carried with explosives in

any vehicle:

97 GI/81—13

Piovided that not more than 1000 kgs. of fireworks may

be carried along with other goods not being flammable and

hazaidous in nature.

81. Loading, unloading, maintenance and operation of road

vans.—(11 After the loading or unloading of explosives in.

or fiom any such vehrrV is comr^e^c^rt. the operation shall

not be stopped until .v •:;•'>• . " • \\ :'<•'•' be completed as

expedit'ously as possible.

(2) No b;-le hooks or other metal tools shall be used for

ihe loading, unloading or handling of packages containing

explores nor shall any packrge or container of explosives

be thrown or dropped dv ing such operation.

(31 "Ihe vehicle shall b- rcgula.ly checked to see that—

(ai the lie extinguishers are filled and in working ordei;

(b; (.he electric wiring is completely insulated and firmly

secured;

fc) the fuel tc.nk and feed lines have no leaks;

(d) the chassis, engine, inside and bottom of the body

are clean and free from surplus oil and grease;

(e) the brakes and steerins apparatus are in good condi-

tion ; and

(f) the spare tyre and wheel are in a fixed position.

(4) Explosives shall not be loaded on or in a vehicle

unless the vehicle has been periodically serviced in accordance

with the instructions specified in the service manual by the

manufacturer of the motor vehicle.

(5) The fuel tank of a vehicle carrying or containing an.

explosives shall not be filled except in case of necessity, in

which case the engine shall be stopped, the ignition shut-off

and the tank filled only at a place #here filling is not a

danger to the rvblic safety. The driver of the road van shall

supervise filling of fuel tank keeping a fire extinguisher ready

by his side.

(6) The driver or operator of a vehicle carrying or con-

taining an explosive shall not stop unnecessarily or for a

longer period than is reasonably required ; stops at places

where the public safety would be endangered shall be avoid-

ed:

Provided that where a road van transporting or containing

explosives is narked over night due to the reasons beyond the

control of licensee or the driver, the premises in which the

van is parted—

(a) shall not be used for any purpose that might give v

rise to the presence therein of an open flame, matches

or any substance or article likely to cause explosion

or fire;

(bi shall be away from any habitation or any godown

containing articles of a flammable nature or other

hazardous goods :

Provided further that the nearest police station shall be

informed about the location and temporary parking of the

van.

(71 The driver or operator of any vehicle carrying or con-

tainine an explosive shall not drive or conduct the same

in a danReimis or reckless manner.

(81 Routes passing through centres of dense habitation

shall, as far as possible, be avoided.

(9) A road van while transporting explosives shall always

be attended to by at least one able-bodied person (in addi-

tion to the driver) who is capable of looking after the vehi-

cle.

(10) When there is a convoy of two or more vehicles

transporting explosives. Where practicable, a

space

of at

least 300 metres shall be 'maintained between each such

vehicle.

(Ill Road van transporting explosives shall not be driven

past fires of any kind on or near the highway or other

thoroughfare.

796

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

(12) The drber of a road -"an while uanspoiting explosives

shall, before crossing any unmanned railway ciossing or

before crossing any main highway, bring the road van to a

full stop and proceed only when the way is safely clear.

(13) The original licence for van granted under these rules

or attested copy of the same shall always be carried in the

vehicle.

82. Lighting of stationary vehicles.—Where a road van

carrying explosives is stationary on a public road at night,

otherwise than by reason of a delay incidental to the flow

of traffic, driver or the licensee of the van shall keep the

parking lights "on" throughout the stay and if necessary

also provide reflectors in such position as to convey an effec-

tive warning of the presence of the road van to the drivers

of other vehicles.

83. Wheel chocks.—4 wheel chocks shall be carried in

or on a .licensed vehicle at all times when explosives are

being carried in or on the vehicle.

84. Vehicle on fire.—If any fire occurs on a vehicle con-

taining explosives, the driver shall take all practicable steps

to ensure that all other traffic is stopped at lea^t 300 metres

from the vehicle and that all persons in the vicinity are

wafned of the danger.

85. Accident to the vehicle.—(1) Where a vehicle trans-

porting explosives is involved in an accident, fire or any other

occurrence, that causes a significant delay in the delivery of

explosives or damage to the vehicle or explosives, the driver

or any other authorised person1 accompanying the

vehicle

shall—

(a) comply with all requirements of law relating to road

accidents;

(b) inform nearest police station ;

(c) inform the licensee who shall—

(i) inform the Chief Controller and the C6ntrolter

in whose jurisdiction the accident has taken place

giving the full details of explosives carried and

accident;

(ii) arrange for safe storage and custody of explosives

till a examination by the Controller if required,

and then arrange for transport to the destination

or place designated by the Controller.

(2) In case of a break down of road Tan, *Jie driver or

{he person incharge of the vehicle shall—

fa) make or permit to be made minor repairs if the

repairs can be made without hazard;

(b) where major repairs are required, prevent such re-

pairs being made until the explosives are transferred

to another van or are removed from the vehicle and

stored under proper security at a safe distance from

the highway and at least 300 metres from any in-

habited premises;

(c) inform the licensee who shall in turn inform trie

Chief Controller and# the Controller in who^e juris-

diction the vehicle is broken down giving fu1] de-

tails of the explosives and the circumstances attend-

ing the break down.

86. Fire extinguishers to be provided.—d) Every road van

shall be provided with 2 fire extinguishers of minimum 2 kgs,

capacity. One of the extinguishers shall be capable of dealing

with electric fires and the other with enstfne fires, tvre fire

or such other similar fires in a van. The fire extinguishers

"ball always be kept in good working condition.

(2) Fire' extinguishers shall be located where thev will be

convenient and readv for immediate use. Fire extinguishers

shall also be examined and recharged according to the manu-

facturers' recommendations.

CHAPTER V

MANtlFACTURF OF EXPLOSIVES

87. Licence for manufacture.—(1) No person shall manu-

facture any explosive at any nlace except in a factory or

premises licensed under these rules.

(2i The licensee shall be responsible for all operations in

connection with the manufacture of explosives which may

be conducted in the licensed premises.

88. No licence needed for manufacture in certain cases.—

Notwithstanding anything contained in rule 87, no licence

to manufacture shall be necessaary for manufacture at a Gov-

ernment or industrial laboratory or a laboratory of an edu-

cational institution and under the supervision of a qualified

person ol k quantity of explosive not exceeding an amount

reasonably necessary for the purpose of chemical experi-

ment and test and not intended for practical use or sale, sub-

ject to the following conditions, namely:—

(a) The Chief Conholler shall be given prior intimation

of the nature of the explosives and the quantity of

explosives- proposed to be manufactured in

the

laboratory together with the name and address of

the institution and the particulars and experience

of the persons conducting the experiment.

(b) If the Chief Controller on receipt of the information

under clause (a) above is of ihe opinion that It

would not be safe to conduct such experiment, he

may, in writing, prohibit conducting the experi-

ment.

(c) All precautions shall be taken !o prevent" injury

to persons or damage to property and all provisions

of the Act. and these rules shall oe observed as

far as they are otherwise applicable.

(d) No experiment shall be conducted to make

any

explosive

which is specifically prohibited

under

section 6 of the Act.

89. Approval of manufacturing process.—(1) No person

shall manufacture any explosive except by a process approv-

ed by the Chief Controller.

(2) A person intending to manufacture explosives shall

submit to the Chief Controller separately for each explosive

a Project Report in duplicate containing, among other rele-

vant data, the following particulars:—

(a) the detailed process starting from the raw material*

to the finished product describing the plan!

and

equipment, quantities of materials handled, operat-

ing conditions and parameters, nature of controls

and safety devices provided, the proposed method

of treating effluents and waste explosives.

(b) the nature and composition of the explosives.

(c) the limiting percentage of each ingredient of explo-

sives.

(d) the specification of the various raw materials includ-

ing substitutes, if anv, used in the process of manu-

facture.

(e) prescribed scrutiny fee.

(3) The Chief Controller, after scrutiny of the Project

Report and after making such further enquiries as may be

considered necessary, may. if he is satisfied, approve the

process for each explosive separately.

(4) No person shall make any changes in the process,

nature and composition of explosives, specification and limit-

ing percentages of raw materials and ingredienf.j without prior

approval of the Chief Controller.

(5) The Chief Controller may cause a* any time any test

on any raw material, ingredients or explosives .to ascertain

if these -conform to the particulars given under "sub-rule (2).

90. Restriction on unauthorised persons.—ft) A factorv

licensed under these rules for manufacture of explosives shall

be surrounded by a wall or barbed wire fencing

at least

2 rnetersfhigh, of such strength and construction as

to

effectively prevent entry of unauthorised person1;.

f2) The area enclosed bv such wall or f-;nce shall cover the

safety zone remiired to b,e kent ctenr from nnv of

the

process buildings or sheds.

f3) The licensee -shall at his own expense provide for

tnfe custody of the factory, a ward which shall be of su^h

797

strength as

the

District

Authority may

consider to be

sufficient.

91. Buildings to be used for specified purpose only.—Every

building in a factory snail be used only for the purpose

specified in the licence granted under these rules :

Provided that the licensing authority may temporarily per-

mit the use of a building for a purpose .other than that

spejihed in" the licence after satisfying himself that such a

change is sate and for smooth operation of the process ot

manufacture.

92. Interior of buildings to be suitably finished.—A build-

ing in which explosives or any ingredient thereof which either

by itself is possessed of explosives propereties, or which when

mixed with any other ingredient or article also present in'

such building is capable- of forming an explosive mixture or

an explosive compound, is kept or present, or in the course

of manufacture is liable to be, shall, be a danger building ;

and the interior of every such building, and the benches,

shelves and fittings in such building (other than the machinery)

shall be so constructed or so lined or covcifcd as to prevent

the exposure of any iron or steel aad the formation and

detachment of any grit so as to come into contact with the

explosive or ingredient thereof in" suoii building and such

interior benches, shelves and fittings shall, as far as reason

ably practicable, be kept free from grit and otherwise clean.

93. Provision of mound*.—Every building used for produc-

tion, handling, storage and testing of explosives in a licensed

factory unless otherwise exempted by the Chief Controller,

shall be surrounded by a substantial mound which shall b&

of a type and design approved by the Chief Controller.

94. Restriction of articles liable to spontaneous ignition.—

Oiled cotton, oil rags and oil waste and any article liable to

spontaneous ignition shall not be taken into any danger build-

ing except for the purpose of immediate 'supply and work or

immediate use in such building and upon cessation of such

work or use, shall forthwith be removed.

95. Use of special tools and implements.—Mo tools

ov

other implements shall be used, or allowed to be present in a

building used for carrying out process of manufacture (here-

inafter lefeired to as process building) unless they are of

wood, copper, brass or soft metal or maraud, or are covered

with safe and suitable material.

96. Particulars to be exhibited on process building.—There

shall at all times be prominently exhibited clearly and legib-

le

•j •

(a) on eveiy pioces building in the ijCwiisid factory the

• -V »l!-<:.T-—i:-h=r.; number as mentioned in the

...,>.i' .1 ,':ii .... :',: c! to the licence ;

(b) inside every process building a joticc shewing—

(i) maximum quantity of any explosives or ingredients

for such explosives that may be in -the building

at any one time as authorised by the licensing

authority;

lii) the maximum number of persons who may be in

the building at any one time as authorised by

the licensing authority.

97. Prohibition of smoking.—Except in

places especially

approved by the Chief Controller, no peison shall smoke

in any part of the licensed factory.

98. Protection against lightning.—(1) Every process buld-

ine shall have atta-'hed thereto one or more efficient lightn-

ing conductors designed'and erected ;n accordance wilh ths

specification laid down in Indian Sta.ndarJ Specification No.

2309 as amended from time to time.

(2) The connections to various pans and earth resistance

of the lightning conductor terminal ->n the building to the

earth shall be tested at least once in every year by a qualified

flectrica! engineer or any other compsfent person holding

a certificate of competency in this behalf from the

State

Fhctricity Department

A ceretificate showing the results ot

•.uch test and the date of last test shall be" hung up in a

-onspkuous place in the process buildia^.

99. Suspension of work during thunde-stoims.—Whenever

thuaderstorm appears to be imminsnt in the vicinity of

trie process building, every person engaged in or about the

building shall be withdiawn to a safe, distance and the build-

ing shall be kept closed and locked until the thunderstorm

has ceased or^the threat of the same nas passed:

Provided that where an operation is in process, stopping

of which would in itself contribute a danger in which case

tre operation shall be carried on to a point at which h can

be suspended with safety, and no such operation shall be

commerced during the storm.

100. Removal of foreign matter Ironi ingitdients.—No

substance shall be made or mixed.into an explosive in or

on licensed premises unless it has bsia thoroughly treated

by silting or other effective means for the detection

and

removal of all foreign objects and matter that might cause

danger if not removed.

101. Protection against fire.—(1) Dus provision shall be

nude by the use of suitable working olothes without pockets

and suitable shoes and searching and otherwise, or by some

ur i,1' jf such means, to prevent the introduction into any

d-mgor hnVing, of fire, matches or any substance or filxle

i'kdv to cause explosion or fire, and for preventing

the

introduction of auy iron, steel or grit into any part of the

danger building where it would be likely to come into contact

with explosive or wholly or partially mixed ingredients there-

of

(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1), shall apply to the use of such

aitificial lights as may be approved by the Chief Controller

for the purpose of manufacture.

102. Removal of explosives and materials expeditiously.—

(1) AH explosives processed in a process building shall im-

mediately be removed to the next process building or a licens-

ed magazine or store house, as the case may be, and no ex-

plosive shall be allowed to accumulate in any process

building.

(2) Where the process in the manufacture of explosives ia

a pieccss building has been complet< d, all substances that

huve been brought into the building lor use in that process

but HOC used, and that are not 'immediately required for use

in anothei process in the same building, shall immediately

be icrmned from the buMding.

(3) All operations under sub-rules U) and (2) shall be

carried cut wilh due diligence and caic.

103. Repairs to building.—(1) Before carrying out repairs

lo any building or part thereof including any machinery

therein, that building or part of it shall be cleaned by remo-

val of all explosives and ingredients thereof by thorough

washing of such building or part of it.

(2) If the repairs to the building or a part thereof require

use of any source of fire, licensee shall issue a written permit

allowing use of such articles under the supervision of a com-

petent person. A copy each of such penrut shall be preserved

for a period of three months and presented on demand by

an inspecting officer.

(3) If major repairs are done to a building or any part

thereof including any machinery therein, that buUding or

part of it shall not be taken into use unless the same is

pfimitted by the licensing authority.

104 Employment of competent persons.—No explosives

shall be manufactured in any building or part thereof except

under the supervision of a competent person employed by

the licensee. Such competent person shall be fully conversant

with the process of manufacture of explosives, hazards con-

nected therewith and the provisions of these mles.

105. Employment of young persons.-—Any person who has

completed the age of 18 years but not 21 yenx shall only

be employed after obtaining a birth certificate from a recog-

nised school which shall be preserved for at teast three

yeais.

106. Use of vehicles.—Every vehicle and every trolley or

receptacle in which finished or partly finished explosives are

transported in a licensed factory area, shall

fa) unless otherwise approved, have no exposed iron or

steel m its interior;

798

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PAST II—SEC. 3 ( I ) ]

(b) be closed or covered while tne explosives or its in-

gredients are being transported.

107. Maintenance of buildings, pWis and equipment.—

(1) Every building in or on licensed premises shjll always be

maintained in a fit condition.

(2) All plants and equipment in a licensed faaojy shall Be

legulaily serviced and maintained in a pioper ana fit condi-

tion by the licensee. A recoid of all such servicing and main-

tenance shall be maintained till the time of next servicing and

maintenance. In case of any major repairs or replacement to

any machinery or equipment, such record should be pre-

served till replacement ot such macninery and equipment.

108. Facilities for testing.—Proper testing fd;iliues as ap-

proved by Chief Controller for routine physical and chemical

examination of raw materials, intermediates and final products

shall be provided by the licensee in the licensed premis.es at

places specially approved by the Chief Controller :

Provided that the Chief Controller may direct the licensee,

D> a written order, to piovide such additional facilities at

such places which, in his opinion, are necessary for main-

taining desired quality and safe manufacture of explosives

in the licensed factory.

109. Disposal of waste explosives.—(1) The laboi atones,

process buildings and plant and machinery therein shall be

swept and cleaned at the end of each shift or eailier, if

necessary, and the sweepings shall be properly collected and

stored in a safe place.

(2) Adequate facilities for safe destruction under the super-

vision of a competent person and at a place app'oved by the

Chief Controller in the licensed premises shall be provided

by the licensee for the materials collected under sub-rule (1).

110. Stoppage of manufactuie of explosives.—If at any

time any operation in the process of manufacture of an ex-

plosive is no longer found to be safe or behaviour of the

explosive during the course of storage, transpct oi use is

no longer found to be safe due to change in the nature and

composition of explosive, or due to any other reason, the

Chief Controller may issue an order in writing directing the

licensee to discontinue forthwith the manufacture of sucfli

explosive- till such time the operation or the composition

is rectified to the satisfaction of the Chief Controller.

111. Exclusion from list of authorised explosives.—If the

Chief Controller of Explosives stops the manufacture of any

explosives under rule 110 or if any explosive is not manu-

factured for a continuous period of one year, such explosive

may be excluded from the list of authorised explosives by

the Central Government.

112. Maintaining records.—The licensee of a factory shall

keep uptodate records in the prescribed Forms and produce

the same before an Inspecting Officer. Such records shall

be retained for a period of minimum 3 years.

CHAPTER VI

POSSESSION, SALE AND USE

PART I—GENERAL

113. Licence for pfassession, sale and use.—fl) No person

shall possess, sell or use any explosive exceot under and in

accordance with a licence granted under these rules.

(2) Ihe licensee shall be responsible for all operations in

connection with the possession, sale or use of explosives

Which may be conducted, in the premises coveted by the

licence

114. No licence need for possession and sale in certain

cases.—(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in rule 113,

no licence shall be necessary for the possession—

(a) of any explosive by a carrier or other person for the

purpose of transport, when the simj is being kept

or transported in accordance with the provisions of

Chapter IV regulating, transport of such explosive;

or

(b) by any person of manufactured fireworks m any

quantity not exceeding 25 kgs. provided that the

fireworks—

(i) die obtained and intended by buch pers>on foi im-

mediate use and not tor sale and are possessed

by him for a period not exceeding 14 dajs; and

liij are kept in a substantial receptacle which is ex-

clusively appropriated to the keeping ot explo-

sive and is closed and secured so as to prevent

unauthoiised persons from haung access to the

explosives; or

(c) by any person for his own private use and not foi

sale of gunpowder not exceeding 5 Kgs. m any

state, other than Bihar, Kerala and West Bengal,

and of small aim nitro-compound not exceeding

5 Kgs. except in the State of Kerala, or 20 meties

of safety fuses for blasting oi of socked liquid

oxygen explosives in blast holes.

(d) by a Railway Administration of flare lights or other

explosives for its own use and not for sale to any

other person by transfer or otherwise for maintaining

railways, tracks, tunnels provided that the provisions

of the Act and these rules are ctheiwise complied

with.

(e) of any explosive, which is not for swle and is ic-

quired solely for the navigation of

aircraft, when

kept in an airciaft for use therein, or for distribu-

tion to other aircraft or to aerodromes or at an

aerodrome for use there or for distribution to air-

craft or to other aerodromes, piovided that the

maximum quantity so possessed shall

not exceed

25 Kg. when carried in an aircr ift and 50 Kgs. when

kept at an aerodrome :

Provided that in respect of" clauses <.b) and (c) the Cen-

tral Government may prohibit the possession of aay explo-

sives or prescribe conditions under which the explosives can

be possessed without a licence when con=ideied necessary for

the security of public peace.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in nile 113, no

licence shall be necessary for the sale of such exr'osives

manufactured by the Armed Forces of ibe Union and .Ord-

nance Factories or other establishments of such Forces as

are sold or delivered to any person who is in possession of a

valid licence issued under these rules for the class and quan-

tity of explosives so sold or delivered.

115. Possession in the licensed piemises only.—A person

holding licence for possession of explosives giantcd under

these lules shall store the explosives only in premises speci-

fied in the licence.

116. Protection from lightning.—(1) Every magazine or

store house shall have attached thereto one or more effi-

cient lightning conductors designed and erected in accordance

with the specification laid down in Indian Standard Speci-

fication No. 2309 as amended from tims to time.

(2) The connections to various paits of earth resistance of

the lightning conductor terminal on the bul'ding to the earth

shall be tested at least once in every year by a qualified

electi ical engineer or any other competent person holding a

certificate of competency in this behalf from the State Elec-

tricity Department. A certificate showing the results of such

test and the date of the last test shall i e huns up incons-

picuous place in the building.

117. Precautions

during

thundestorm.—Whenever

a

thunderstorm appears to be imminent in the vicinity of a

magazine or store house, every person engaged in or about

such magazine or store house shall be withdrawn to a safe dis-

tance from such magazine and store house and the rnaga7ine

and the store house shall be kept clised and locked until

the thunderstorm has ceased or the threat of it ha? passed".

118. Building to be kept clean.—(1) The interior of every

building or room used for storage of explosives and the

benches, shelves and fittings in such building or room «hall

be so constructed or so lined or covered as to prevent the

exposure of any iron or steel and the detachment of any

U)

&>u, 11 on, sitti Oi similar sub^iauce »o as to tome into con-

ta.i vmn uie explosive in sum band<ng, and &ucn incerioj,

Dwucnes, ciielves and Miings snaa,

SJ lai a^ is reasonably

pidctiu.oie, DO kept clean and tree froai glii

U) A ctmemed liougn av itdsi li ce.itimetiss deep studi

L.W piovicied iit'ai eacn enirai.ee or a. magnum, or SiOie House,

bucn uoflgn siiuil De K^l riUed witii clean wdtei and no

prison snau emcr me magazine or sioie house witnout dip-

ping oveisnoes or leet in sucn'a trougn so as to remove any

«iii or dust.

I,.}) Uued cotton, oiled rags oi oiled waste or any aiticks

iwoie 10 ipoutaneous ignition Oiall not be tasen into any

liiagazme or stoie houso used lor storage of explosives.

111). Maintenance of xetoids.—Every person holding a

lice-jce giantea under these mies to: pOo>e&ion, bale or

u!>e ol explosives shall maintain records i'i the pieseabed

I'oims ana shall produce such recoids »>n demand to an ins-

pecting officer.

12U. Kepaiiiiig of licensed magazine or stoie house.— Befoie

lepaiis are done to any magazine or stoie house or part

Uieicof used for storage ot explosives, taat magazine or

stoie hou^e ooaii be cleaned by removal of ad explosives and

by tnoiough washing.

121. Prevention of introduction of hazardous articles.—

The licensee or his

authorised

agent for the time

being

mcharge of a magazine or store house pi event peisuns em-

ployed or engaged m or about the magazine or store house

rrom taking hazardous articles or substances therein by main-

taining an effective system of search and also providing them

and making them weai, whenever they .ire in the magazine

or stoie house, working clothes, without pockets, and wiih

suitable shoes.

122. Piemises to be kept locked.—(1) Aay licensea maga-

zine or store house shall be kept securely closed or locked

at all times except when goods are being placed in or taken

from it or when it must be kept open for some other puipose

In connection with the management ot such, premises.

(2) The keys of the licensed magazine •-hall, <it a!l times,

be kept secured in licensee's own custody or of his authorised

agent anu shall be produced tor opening the magazine or

store house whenever so enquired by an inspecting officer.

Tee name and addiess of the person with wluun ihe keys

will be kept shall be intimated to the 'icensing authority and

the Controller of Explosives having jurisdiction.

123. Guards to be provided.—(1) The licensee shall at liis

own expense provide for round the clock safe custody of

the magazine or store house a guard which shall be of such

strength as the District Authority, may consider it to be

sufficient.

(2) The licensee shall provide a shelter lor tiie watchman

on drty near the magazine or store house.

124. Repacking or opening of packages.—(1) No packages

containing explosives shall be opened in the magazine or

store house.

(2) Repacking of explosives shall be done, where necessaiy

in an approved open sided shed having smoothy finished ce-

mented floor at a distance as approved by licensing authority.

125. Explosives not, to be kept in dam i.jed boxes.—The

licensee of every magazine Oi store housi shall ensure that

the explosives are always kept in their oiig^nal outer package.

In case the outer package gets damaged so that the explosives

contained therein cannot be stosed or transported, such ex-

plosives- shall be repacked only after the same are examined

by a Controller of Explosives.

126. Storage of explores in exvess of I be licensed quan-

tity.—(1) The quantity of any kind of explosives kept in anv

licensed magazine or stoie house shall not exceed the quan-

tity entered in the licence against such kind of explosives.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (1), the

Chief Controller may issue a permit, ->a payment of the

oresciibed fes to \ holder of licence iJi Fo.m 22 and such

holder of licence in I inn 21 who also have iicesice in

foim 20 (for the class of explosives) for keeping of explo-

sives in excess ot the licensed quantity enieied in the licence

when he is satisfied that such excess storage is essential and

unavoidable due to circumstances beyond me control of the

licensee. Ihe validity of such permit shall not exceed 30 days.

(i) Ihe licensing authority snail not issue any permit for

' excess storage ot explosives if tie magazine or

sioie house tannot ooseive thi requisite safety dis-

tun.es for the total quantity entered in the licence

pi as the additional quantity of explosives so per-

mitted.

(ii) No permit for storage of explosives in excess of

the licensed capacity shall be granted if the speci-

fied distances on the licence around the magazine

or store house or the floor srave m the srecified

looms foi storage of each kind of explosives is

not adequate for keeping of the total quantity of

explosives, including the excess quantity applied

for.

(3) The licensing autnority may refits to grant a permit

for excess storage of explosives if such excess storage is of

a repeated nature.

(4) No explosive in excess of the licensed quantity shall be

stored in the magazine or store house unle »s a permit' in

this behalf is obtained from the liceasing authority by a

leltei or telegram.

127. Permit for

temporary

possession of maufactured

fiuv«0iks in excess ot the licensed quantity—A permit may

us ru.nttd by the licensing authority to a holder of licence

in iorm 24 to possess in addition to quantity pel milted by

the licence,

any quantity of manufactured fireworks not

exceeding 125 kgs, for a period not exceeding 15 days at a

imie. provided that—

(a) no lule or condition of the licence other than that

presciibing the maximum quantity of fireworks to

be possessed is infringed ;

(b) the applicant pays prescribed fees for excess storage.

12fc Quantity of explosives to be pui chased in a givtn

period oi time.—A holder of a licence to po<s<iss, sell or ese

explosives shall pui chase only such quantity of explosives in

a given peiiod a^ may be specified in the licancs.

PART II—MAGAZINES

129 Storage in a magazine.—An explosive other thaa fire-

works safety fuse and liquid oxygen exp'osives shall be

stored either in Mode A oi M'ode B m:igaJ'ne as specified

in Schedule VH.

lid. Restriction on use of mode B magazine.—Mode B

magazine shall be used for storage of explosives required for

use for a temporary period foi a specific puipose and such

magazine shall not be used for sale of explosives..

131. Mounding of magazines.—A substantial mound shall

be provided near a magazine, if so required by the licensing

juthority. Such mound shall be of a type apprwd by the

licensing "authority and shall always be maintained in good

condition to provide effective protection.

132,_ Magazine or store house to be at ground level.—A

magazine or a

stole

house shair be constructed at ground

k>el only as a single storey building.

PAR! Ill—STORE HOUSE

1J3. Restrictions on storage.—No explosives, other than

ii'works and safety fuse, shall be stored in any store house.

134. Construction of store house.—(1) A store house shall

iie well and substantially built of brick, stone or concrete and

shall be so made and closed as to prevent unauthorised persons

having access thereto and to secure it from danger of fire

from without. Store house shall be well ventilated".

(21 Where a stwe house forms part of a building, the

cthet parts of which ate used for any other purpose, it shall

Ie iCDdiaied thereliom by suitable fire proof pirtitions arjd

• • > e

A

M

H

S

floor,

roof

a

r

i

d

d

o

o

r

s

s

h

a

l

l

b

e

o

f

fire

p

i

o

o

f

m

a

'

t

e

-

•

i

i

l

S

i

x

h

s

t

o

r

e

h

o

u

s

e

-

s

h

a

l

l

n

o

t

b

e

u

s

e

d

f

o

r

b

t

o

r

a

a

e

o

f

m

o

r

e

800

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

than five hundred Kgs. of fireworks or fifty thousand metres

of .safety fuse and shall be provided with independent entrance

•ird such other measures as may, in the opinion of IDe

ikensii.g authority, be deemed necessary in the intcies.t of

prevention of fire or accident. Such stors house shall be at

a minimum distance of one hundred melrjs, fioni .ny other

piemises used for storage of explosives, flammable subs-

tances or othet hazardous materials and shall not be used for

pale of explosives.

PART IV—POSSESSLON OF SMALL

ARMS

N1TRO

COMPOUND OR FIREWORKS AND SAFETY FUSE FOR

SALE IN FORM 24

lib. Construction of piemises.—(1) All explosives on the

premises shall be kept in a brick, stone or concrete building

v/jich is closed and secured so as to prevent unauihoiised

peison fiom having access thereto or :n i simiiaily Uose.l

ard secured substantially built receptacle (wnether or not a

fire proof safe) placed inside a dwelling house or other

building which is not itself qualified for the keeping of ex-

plosives

(2) The premises shall have a floor area of minimum nine

squaie metres.

(3) The piemises shall have independent entrance and

exist.

(4) If the premises are situated in a building used for other

purposes also, such premises shall not be situated undei a

staircase and shall be so located as not to obstruct any pas-

sage in fiom oi to the building in case oi firs or accident.

(5) fr>e piemises shall be situated at giound level.

136. Special precautions to be observed for fireworks. —< 1)

Subject to the other provisions of this rule fireworks shall

not be placed or kept in a shop window.

(2) Fireworks in the shop shall be kept in a spark proof

receptacle, or the original outer packet in which they were

received if that package is effectually sealed and in good

order and condition.

(3) A receptacle or package containing fireworks shall be

kept in a position away from and cleaj: of shop traffic and

to be separated from all articles of a flammable or combusti-

ble nature.

(4) Where a package containing fireworks is opened for

sale, the fireworks shall immediately be placed in a clean,

dust free and spark proof receptacle.

(5) A receptacle that contains fireworks shall—

(a) not to be used otherwise than as a container for

fireworks;

(b) not to be opened except when fireworks are being

placed in or taken from it;

(c) at all times to be kept clean and free from dust and

grift;

(d) not have in it any matches including Bengal Matches;

and

(e) not have in it any means of artificial lighting.

137. Safety distances to be

maintained.—The premises

licensed in From 24 for storage and sale of small arms nttro-

compound, fireworks or safety fuse shall be at a distance of

minimum 30 metres from any such premises or any other

premises used for storage of similar explosives, flammable

or hazardous materials.

138. Sale of other articles prohibited.—The premises in

which' small arms nitro-compound, fireworks or safety fuse is

kept shall be used only for possession and sale of such ex-

plosives and for no other purposes.

PART V—SALE OF EXPLOSIVES

139. Explosives to be sold in.na licensed piemises—No

person shall sell explosives from any premises other than

those licensed under these rules.

140. Defacing of markings

prohibited.—No person

who

sells any explosives shall alter or deface any printing or mark-

ing on the explosives or the packages thereof.

141. Restrictions on sale of explosives.—(1)

No person

shall sell any explosive to any peison who is not authorised

to possess such explosive under these rules.

(2) No person shall sell, deliver or cause to be delivered

to any person, any explosive that has deteriorated or is defec-

tive.

(3) A licensee selling explosives to a holder of licence in

form 23 shall endorse the transactions on such licence form.

142. Explosives not to be exposed for sale.—An explosive

shall not be hawked, sold or exposed for sale upon any high-

way, street, public thoroughfare or public place.

143. Small packages to be clearly marked.—An explosive

shall, as far as particable, be sold in original packages. If the

quantity sold to any person is less than the quantity of explo-

sives packed in the original packing, such quantity shall be

packed in a safe and proper manner in a substantial package

which shall be clearly marked with following markings.—

(1) name of the explosives;

(2) class and division according to Schedule I;

(3) quantity of explosives packed;

(4) licence number of the magazine from where the ex-

plosives were supplied and packed;

(5) name of the person who packed the explosives;

(6) date of packing.

PART VI—USE OF EXPLOSIVES

144. Competent persons to be employed.—No person shall

use explosives for blasting purposes unless he employs a quali-

fied shot firer holding a shot firer's permit granted

under

these rules:

Provided that for blasting operations in

mines coming

under the' purview of Indian Mines Act 1952, such _ shot

firer shall have qualification as are required by the Director

General of Mines Safety.

145. Restrictions on preparation of charges.—(1) An ex-

plosive of one description shall not be converted into an ex-

plosives of another description and an explosive shall not be

unmade or resolved into its ingredients.

(2) The explosives of Class 2 or Class 3 shall be used in

their original cartridge packings and such cartridges shall not

be cut to remove explosives for making cartridges of different

sizes.

(3) The licensee shall get prior approval of the authority

which granted his licence for preparation as is allowed by

these rules.

146. Restrictions on conveyance of explosives to or at

the blasting site.—(1) Explosives shall only be conveyed from

the licensed storage premises or about the site in original

unopened packages or in covered containers used solely for

that purpose.

(2) Explbsives shall not be taken to a point neaier than

50 metres from any site until such site is ready for charg-

ing.

(3) Explosives shall not be conveyed in any vehicle with

;>ny other rnoteiials, tools or implements other than that re-

quired for .the purpose of blasting.

(4) Explosives left over after the day's work shall be re-

turned to the licensed premises from which the same were

taken.

fS) The ifmir.iiier? u\e<1 for cnrjing exolo°ives from origf-

•ial packages shall be maintained thoroughly cleaned and dried

and shall be kept closed when not in use. The containers

801

shall be p»o jied with, either handle: or canning straps of

adequate strength and shall be cbn;>picuousl> marked with

the word "Explosives".

(6) Detonators shall be conveyed in special containers.

These shall not be carried with olhei explosives. Batteries,

dry cells and other source of electric energy shall not be

carried in the vehicle carrying detonators.

147. Explosives to be examined before use.—(1) Explo-

sives before use shall be visually examined for any visible

defects and any defective explosives shall not be used.

(2) Any explosive showing signs of deterioration of any

kind should be reported immediately to the licensing autho-

rity and such explosive set aside for examination by such *

authority.

(3) Gun .powder which is found to be caked owing to the

moisture shall not be used.

(4) Frozen nitro-glycerine explosives shall not be used until

thawed. Where freezing i$ likely to occur only low freezing

explosives shall be used.

148. Precautions to be observed at site. —(1) The electric

power at the blasting site shall be discontinued as far as

practicable before charging the explosives.

(2) No work other than that associated with the charging

operations shall be carried out within 10 metres of the

holes unless otherwise specified to the contrary by the licens-

ing authority.

(3) When charging is completed,

any surplus explosive,

detonators and fuses shall be removed from the vicinity of

the hole and stored at a distance which would prevent sym-

pathetic detonation in the event of a charge detonating

prematurely in any hole.

(4) The wholes which have been diarged with explosives

shall not be left unattended till the blastings is completed.

(5) Care shall be taken to ensure that fuse or wires .con-

nected to the detonators are not damaged during the placing

of stemming material and tarhping.

149. Suitable warning procedure to be maintained.—The

licensee

or

a

competent

person

appointed

by

the

licensee to be incharge of the use of explosives at site

shall lay down a clear warning procedure consisting of warn-

ing sig"ns and audible signals and all persons employed In

the area shall be made fully conversant with such signs and

signals.

150. Precautions to be observed while firing.—(1) The end

of the safety fuse should be freshly out before being light-

ed.

(2) The exploders shall be regularly tested and maintain-

ed in a fit condition for use in firing. An exploder shall not

be used for firing a circuit above its rated capacity.

(3) The electric circuit shall be tested for continuity before

firing. All persons other than the shot-fker and his assistants,

if any, shall be withdrawn from the site before testing the

continuity.

••

(4) For the purpose of jointing, the ends of all wires

and cables should have the insulation removed for a maxi-

mum length of 5 cms. and should then be made clean and

bright for a minimum length of 2.5 cms. &nd the ends to

be jointed should be twisted together *o as to have a posi-

tive metal contact.

151. Precautions against stray currents.—Where electri-

cally operated eauioment is used in locations having con-

ductive ground or continuous metal objects, tests shall be

made for strav currents to ensure that electrical firing can

proceed safely.

1^2. Person incharge to be responsible.—The licensee or

a <~onipefent person employed by him to be incharge of

blasting operations shall _ take all precautions against fire or

acHdent involving explosives.

i. > Blasting opeiations ifl mines.—Nothing in rules 146,

i4b to 151 shall apply for Waiting operations in mines

under the puiview ot Indian Mines Act, 1923 and &uch

operations shall be carried out according to rules framed

under that Act.

CHAPTER VII

LICENCES

154. Application for licence.—(1) A person desiring to

obtain or lenew or amend a licence under these iules shall

submit an application in writing to the authoiity empowered

to giant, renew or amend such a licence.

(2) The application shall be signed by the licensee or

applicant himself, as the case may be, or by a person autho-

rised by him in writing in this behalf and shall, in the latter

case, be accompanied by such authorisation.

(3) Eveiy application for grant of a licence in form 20

to manufacture explosives shall consist of following—

(a) an application in form 3 ;

(b) plans of the proposed buildings and the site drawn

to scale. The site- plan should show full approach

road net work to the factory;

(c) a description of situation, character and construction

of all mounds, buildings (production, non-produc-

tion, stores, administrative etc.) and safety distances

observed by each building;

(d) a description of process/work to be carried out ia

each building or part thereof;

(e) a description of plant and equipment and its location

provided in each building or part thereof;

(f) a description of explosives and ingredients thereof,

whether wholly or partially mixed that will be pre-

sent in any building or machine at any one time;

(g) a description of maximum number of persons to be

employed in each building;

(h) a description of any special constructions v/hich the

applicant may propose by reason of special circum-

stances, arising from the location, situation or con-

struction of any building or works, or the nature* of

process or otherwise;

(i) prescribed scrutiny fee;

(j) in case where application is made in the name of

a company, the names and addresses of Directors

and partners and the name, address and specimen

signatures of person or persons authorised to sign

correspondence in respect of licence applied for.

Any change in such names and addresses should be

immediately communicated to the licensing autho-

rity.

(4) Every application for grant of a licence in Form 21,

Form 22 or Form 24 to possess explosives for sale or use

shall consist of the following—

(a) an application in Form 4 or Form 5, as the case

may be;

(b) plans drawn to scale of the proposed premises and

of

the

site

on

which

such

premises

are

situated. The site plan should clearly show the

complete ^proach road net work, nearby land

marks, distance's from nearbv protected works:

(c) drawings of the premises and fhe mounds, if provid-

ed;

(d) prescribed scrutiny fee;

fe) in case where the application is made in the name

qf the company, the names and addresses of the

Directors and partners and the name, address and

specimen signatures of person or perrons authorised

to sign correspondence in respect of licence applied

for. Any change in such

names and addresses

should be immediately communicated to the licens-

ing: authority;

802

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC, 3(i)]

(5) Application for grant of a licence in Form 23 shall

consist of the following—

(a) an application in Form 5 or Form 6, as (he case

may be;

(b) plans s' jwing site, location and construction details

of the premises. The site plan should clearly show

complete approach road net

works,

sunounding

areas, land marks and safety distances observed;

(6) An application for grant of a licen"? in Form 25 for

a Road Van shall consist of the fo'loving-

(a) an application in Form 7 ;

(b) drawings of the Road Van showing the complete

details of construction and other ancillary equip-

ment provided.

(c) prescribed scrutiny fee ;

(7) An application for grant of a licence in Form 20,

Form 27, Form 28 oi Form 29 shall consist of the follow-

ing—

(a) an application in Form 8, Form 10. Form II or

Form 12, as the case may be;

(b) prescribed scrutiny fee.

(8) An application for 'grant of a Shot Firer Permit shall

consist of the following—

(a) an application in Form 9; and

(b) prescribed scrutiny fee.

155. Grant of licence.—(1) Licence may be granted by the

authorities specified in column 4 of Schedule IV in the Form

specified in column (2) for the purpose specified in column (3)

thereof on payment of fees specified under these rules :

Provided that no new licence in Form 20, 21 and 22 shall

be granted unless the provisions of the rule 156 have been

complied with:

Provided further that the licensing authority may waiv*

all or any of the provisions of rule 156, if—•

(i) the premises proposed to be licensed is within a tac-

tory licensed under these rules for manufacture of

explosives and the required safety distances are

tinder the control of applicant;

(ii) the premises for which the new licence is required

are situated within the same survey number, in

which the applicant has an existing premises and a

current valid licence for the same and the required

safety distances are available within the safety dis-

tances of such existing premises ,

(b) no licence for cnufacture of explosives other than

liquid oxygen explosives shall be granted or renewed to a

person for his factory not registered under the Factories

Act, 1948 (63 of 1948), un'es« he executes a bond in Form 18

!n favour of the President of India indemnifying persons

injured or dependents of deceased workers in the event of

an accident in the factorv an amount of Rs. 25.000 for fac-

tories manufacturing unto 200 kgs. of Gunpowder or Fire-

works at any one time and Rs. 50,000 in every other ca;e;

(2) (a) Licensing authority may grant a licence for the

period deemed necessary but not exceeding—

(i) 6 months to import explosives in Form 27 and to

export explosives in Form 28 ;

(ii) 15 days to a cultivator to possess explosives for own

use in Form 23 ;

(Hi) 1 month for Public Display of Fireworks in Form 29.

(b) Every other licence granted or renewed under these

rules shall remain in force until the expiry of the financial

year immediately foltowing the financial year in which it

was issued.

{L) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (b), the

hcen-ing authonty where it is satisfied that a licence is re-

quired for a spe ific work or festival whLh is not likely to

last upto expiiy of the financial year for which the licei.ve

is g: anted oi renewed may grant or renew a licence for such

period a* ii actually necessary :

Provided that the daie bo specified does not extend beyond

the expiry of the financial year following tb? year in which

the licence is. granted or renewed.

(3) An a'ipli ant for grant of a new licence in Form 24

or Form 29 may apply to the District Authority for a certi-

ficate to the effect th'.t there is no objection to the applicant

receiving licence for the site proposed and the District

Authority shall, if he sees no objection, grant such certi-

ficate to anpli ant who shall foiward that certificate to

licensing authority with his application.

(4) The licencing authority may refer an application not

accompanied by a certificate granted under sub-rule (3) to

District Authoiity for his observations.

(5) If the Dis'

' '••'*.••••

•': er on a reference being

made to him, or • ' .

• • '

•:;••. to the Cheif Controller

or the Coniiolle

• '• . '

•

- the case may be, that

any licence which has been applied fT should not in his

opinion be granted, silch licence shall not be issued without

the sanction of the Central Government.

(6) No licence to import explosives shall be necessary in

cases where the explosives imported—

(i) is not intended to be stored on the port of import

but is intended to be transported direct to a terri;

tory not being part of India;

(ii) can be possessed without a licence under rule 114.

(7) An application for a !i:ence to use explosives shall, if

the operations are to be carried on within 100 metres of

a railway line, obtain fiom the Railway authority concerned

a certificate to the effect that there is no objection to the

anplicnnt receiving a licence for the site proposed and for-

ward a certificate to the licensing authority with his applica-

tion.

(8) A cultivator applying for a licence in Form 23 shall

obtain a certificate from agricultural fieldmnn or a Gram

Sewak or any other local authority to the effect that—

(a) the certifying authority has inspected the site and ii

satisfied that levelling of ground is necessary or

removal of tree stumps is necessary or sinking of

well r- necessary or sinking of well has been part'y

completed, as the case may be: and

(b) further work which is necessary is not possible with-

out blasting and forward the certificate to the licens-

r"

authoiity with his application.

(9) An application for grant of a licence to manufacture

Ammonium _ Nitrate Fuel Oil explosives (ANFO) at site for

own immediate use or to pocsess for own use liquid oxveen

explosives 'hall be accompanied by a certificate irom" the

Director General of Mines Safety that the si<e where such

explosives nre to be possessed a«d us.»d is under the control

of the apnUcpnt an-l copies under the purview of Indian

M'nes Act, 1952 a^d the applicant is authorised to use

linv'd orvs?'n _ explosives or ANFO explosive and conduct

n'nins operations in the area proposed to be covered bv

ffee licence.

156. Procedure to be observed before a licence in Form 20,

21 or 22 <'<; granted—<"1) A licensing authority on receipt

of application and the particulars as provided under sub-

rule (3) or (4) of rule 154 shall scrutinise the documents

prv* forward to the ppniicant a statement showing the distances

in Form 17 which shouM in his opinion be kept clear in

and around the factorv or magazine premises or nnv part

thereof anri from other building and woriro On receipt of

the statement the applicant shall enter tf>« exact distance

wh'rh e n nrhnlry b e so kept dear, shall s:sn the statement

""' i™} return it together with aiv representation which he

m v desire to nake to the licensinc authority,

(2) After considering any representation iiadp bv the

rr-nf^rt >w!er „ * nil- (I) and after making such enquiries

803

as deemed necessary, the liceasing authority maj further

scrutinise the application and ask the applicant to make

changes consideied necessary.

(3) Aftei icceiving correct documents as per requirements

ot the e ru.es, the licensing authority shall refer the appli-

cation to—

(i) the D.stHCt Authority concerned together with a

descuption -of enquiries to be tamed out, a diatt

licence and a statement in t-orm J8 showing the

distances'which he consider;, ,hould be kept clear

in and round the factory, magazine or store house ;

(ii) any othei authority foi such enquav as deemed neces-

sary

(4) Upon icceipt of the said

application the District

Authority shall forthwith came noti e to be pub i*hed of

such application and of the time and place at which he will

be prepared to hear it, and calling upon any person object-

ing to the establishment of the factory or magazine or sto-e

house on the

proposed site to give notice of such objection

to him and to the applicant of not less than seven clear days

before the day fixed for hearing the application together

with his name, address and calling and a short-statement of

the grounds of his-objeaions. The day of hearing the" appli-

cation shall be a day following, as soon as practicable, after

the expiration of the period of one month referred to in

sub-rule (6).

'

(5) Where the site of the proposed factory or magazm©

lies wifhin 1.5 km. of the limits of the jurisdiction of any

town planning, municipal or port authority, the applicant

shall prepare, for service on such authority, a notice Of the

application and of the said day of hearing.

(6) The notice under sub-rule (4) shall be published and

the notice under sub-rule (5) served, at the expense of the

applicant, by the District Authority not less than one month

before the said day of hearing.

(7) On the day fixed for the hearing or any day to which

such ' hearing may be adjourned from time to time, me

District Authority shall hear any objection preferred in ac-

cordance with sub-rule (4) and by any authority referred to

m sufe-rule (5) and shall make such enquiry as he may deem

necessary.

JS)

On completion of the enquiry the District Authority

shall, forward the application, statement and plans to the

licensing authority together with a report of the procedure

followed by him and whether he has any objection to the

applicant receiving a licence at the site proposed.

(9) The District Authority shall complete his enquiry under

sub-rules (4) to (7) and forward the report to the licensing

authority as expeditiously as possible *mt not later than six

months of the date of the reference nude by the licensing

authority.

(40) Tf the District Authority objects to the grant of the

icence on anv of the grounds specified in sub-rule (3), no

licence shall be granted by the licensing authority except

with the sanction of the Central Government.

(\l\ Notwithstanding anything contained in this rule pro-

visions of sub-rule (3) except 3(i» and sub-rules (4) to (10)

shall not apply m case of an application for grant of licence

to manufacture, possess and sell Liquid Oxygen explosive!

c 7 5v?f usf ° r t o t h e manufacture of Ammonium Nitrate

Fuel Oil explosives fANFO) at the site of use.

157. Procedure to be followed for Riant of a licence in

torm 22 to possess small quantity of explosives for own

"sev~Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rules (3)

to (7) of rule 156. where the licensing authority is the Chief

Controller or a Controller and where the quantity of explo-

sives proposed to be possessed for own use under a licence

in Form 11 ^oes not exceed 100 kgs., the applicant may

applv to the District Authority together with nn application

m Form 5. statement in Form 17 and the necessary plans

Z»

^

CT n t.u f

a

c?. r t l f i c a t e ^ the effect that there is no

obiect-on to the apohcant receives a licence for the site

proposed and the District Authority *hafl. if he M I no

oBieenon pfter conduetine emtmriM a. r<.«,,!,a.,- ,,«j._ «*„_

97GT/81-14

rues, grant such certificate to the applicant. who may for-

ward it to the licensing authority together with his appli-

crlion

158 Procedure to be observed foi grant of a shot firer's

permit.—(1) The licensing authority or an authority autho-

rised by him in this behalf shall conduct such examination

and enquiries as deemed necessary before granting a permit

to any shot-firer

Provided that no examination of the shot-firer may be

n-re-sary if the licensing authority is satisfied that applicant

po-sesses requisite qualifications and experience.

(2) The applicant shall pay prescribed fees for the exami-

nation, if any, under sub-rule (1).

159. Procedure on grant of no objection certificate by

the District Authority.—The licensing authority on receipt

of No Objection Certificate from the District Authority for

grant of a licen e may make such other enquiries as deemed

^necessary and take further action for the giant of licence:

Piovided that if the licensing authority does not receive

the No Objection Certificates under rule 156 within the time

limit or any extension thereof, such authority may advise

the applicant accordingly.

160. Refusal of No Objection Certificate.—An authority

refusing to gran' a 'No Objection Certificate' as required

under rule 156 shall record in writing its reasons for such

refusal and communicate such reasons and the facts of the

case to the licensing authority.

161. Procedure on grant of a licence for a magazine,

store house or to manufacture explosives.—(1) Two copies

of every licence granted by the Chief Controller or the

Controllei shall be forwarded to the District Authority and

in case the licensing authority is the Chief Controller, the

original licence shall be forwarded to the * Controller in

whose jurisdiction the premises are situated.

(2) If the Controller, after inspection, is satisfied that all

the requirements of these rules and the conditions of the

licence have been complied with, he shall forthwith endorse

the licence, but unless and until so endoised, the licence

shall not come into force :

Provided that when a licence "cannot be endorsed forthwith

it shall come into force from such date as the licensing

authority may order in writing.

(3) If the Controller of Explosives decides not to endorse

a licence, he shall immediately return the licence to the licens-

ing authority together with a statement of his reasons for

not endorsing it.

<4) On receipt of statement referred to in sub-rule (3),

the licensing authority, after making such enquiry, if any,

as he may consider necessary, communicate his decision to

the applicant and the District Authority.

162. Procedure on grant of a licence to possess and 'ell

explosives, to transport explosives or to possess explosives

for own use by cultivators or other persons.—(1) A copy

of every licence granted tn possess and se't exo'osives in

Form 24 o- to transport explosives in Porni 26 shall be for-

warded to 'he District Authority concerned

(2) The District Authority shall forward a copy of licence

m Form 23 to possess explosives for own use by cultivators

or other persons to the Controller having jurisdiction over

the area

163. Particulars of licence.—Every licence granted under

these rules «hall be held subiect to the observance of these

rules and the conditions endorsed on it and .shall contain

nil particulars which are contained in the form prescribed

for it bv these rules.

164. Amendment of licence.—(1) Any licence granted under

these rules may be amended By the authority prrmcrwered to

trpnt the licence -provided that -arrwndmem shall not

he

inconsistent with the provisions of these rules.

8 0 4

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. iWJ

(2) A licensee who desires to hav3 his licence .tended

shall submit the following particulars to the licensing autho-

rity, namely:—

(a) an application stating natuie of the amendment and

the reasons therefor;

(b) the o-iginal licence together with enclosures to it;

(c) plans showing the details of the proposed amend-

ment if such plans are reqniied by the Lcemrng

authority for the purpose of amendment;

(d) prescribed scrutiny fee ;

(e) pies:iibed amendment fee.

(3) The licencing authority after scrutiny of the documents

submitted under sub-rule (2) above ani after making such

further enquiries and taking such action as deemed necessary

may take suitable action to amend *he licence.

165. Renewal of licence.—(1) A licence may be renewed

by the authority empowered to grant SK h licence, provided

that a licence which has been gianted by ths Chief Controller

may be renewed without any alteration by a Controller of

Explosives duly authorised by the Chi-f Conti oiler m this

behalf:

Provided that a licence which has been granted by the

District Authority may be renewed withcit any alteration by

a Sub-Divisional Magistrate or an E\e,rjt" e ME'gis'rnte, or

a Taluka Magistrate duly authorised by the District A .thority

in this behalf.

%

(2) The Controller authorised by the Chief Controller under

sub-rule (1) may, and when so required by the Chief Con-

troller, shall require the licensee to follow the procedure

laid down under sub-rule (I) of rule 156 before rerewing

licence in Form 20 or Form 21 or Form 22.

(3) Every application for the renewal of a licence shall

be made so as to reach the licencing au'hority or the autho-

rity empowered to renew the licence^ at least 30 days before

the date on which the licence expires, ind if the application

is so made, the licence shall be deemed to be in force until

such date as the licensing authority renews the licence or

until an intimation that the renewal of the licence is refused

has been communicated to the applicant.

(4) Every application under sub-rule (3) for renewal of

. the licence shall be accompanied

by the following docu-

ments :—

(i) application in Form 13 ;

(ii) the original licence together with i*s en. 'osures and

approved plans, Schedules and Forms ;

(iii) prescribed renewal fee

(5) The same fee shall be charaed for the renewal of a

licence for each year as for grant thereof •

Provided that if the application for renewal is not received

within the time specified in sub-rule (3). the 'kence shall be

renewed only on pavment of dovb'e : r fee as ordinarily

payable for the licence :

i

Provided further that if the renewal ppDliration together

with complete 'documents specified ander sub-iule (4) is

received by the licensing authority afte*- the dt-ts of expiry

but not later than 30 days from the date of exm'-y; and if

the licensing authority j s satisfied that such de'ay is bevond

the control of the licensee, the licence may, without nreiudice

to any other ac'ion that may be take-i in this behrlf be

renewed on payment of double the fte ord;naiflv navable

for the licence.

(6) In case of an application for the renew.-i> of the licence

for a period of more than 1 year at a time, the fee pres-

cribed uncer proviso of sub-rale (5). 'f nayahie. ^hall be

paid only foi the fir't financial year of ;;rswal

(7) Every licence granted under these rules other than a

licence granted for a specified period shall b« renewable for

2 years where there has been no contraventions of

the Act

or thf rules framed therein or of any condition of the licence

so renewed.

(8) Where a liccn-e lenewed to: more than one financial

year u auntnuereJ before its expiry, the renewal fee paid

sor thj unexpired

portion of the licence shall be

refunded

,o the licensee pioviued that iu refund of lenewal fee sbail

!>e trade foi any financial year dunng which—

(a) the licensing authority received -the renewed licence

tor surrender ;

ib) any explosive is received or stored on the authority

of the licence.

(9) No licence shall be renewed if the application for re-

newal is received by the licensing authority after 30 days of

the date of its expiry.

(101 When a licence is renewed by the Chief Controller

)r a Controller, an intimation to that effect shall be sent

o the District Authority concerned.

166. Refusal to amend or renew a licsnre.—(1) The licens-

ing authority refusing to amerd or

rene\v a licence shall

reco'd its reasons foi such refusal in writing.

(2) The licensing authority shall refuse to renew a licence

if such licence can be revoked in accordant with the Act

or mles framed th^-eonder.

(3) A brief statement of reasons for refusal to renew a

icence shall be given to the holder of the licence on demand

anless in any fase the licensing authority is of the opinion

ihat it will not be in public interest fo furni-h such state-

ment.

(4) Where the renewal of the licence is refused, the fee

paid for the renewal shall be refunded to the licensee aftei

ileduc ing the propoitkmate fee for the period beginning from

the d.ne fiom which the licenc" w?s to be renewed up to the

date on which renewal theieof is refused.

167. Suspension and revocation of licence.— (1) An order

of suspension or rcvo.-stion of a licence shall take effect from

>he d tj specified therein and shal be deemed to have been

erved if sent by post to the address of the licensee entered

n tbi licence.

(2) The si""nension of a licence shall not debar the holder

of the licen"e from anplving fo^ its renewal in accordance

with the provisions of Ru'e 165

168. Procedure on expiration, suspensim or revocation of

licence—d) A licensee on the expiration, suspension or

revocation of his licence forthwith give notice to the

licens-

'n£> rvtho-ity of the description and cr'amitv of exp'osives

r*> his possscs'on r>nd shall comply with any directions which

the licencing authont" may give in regard tc (heir dispcsal

(2) Tr>» 'icensing authority may grant for a term not

exceeding three ."onths from the date of expiration, sus-

pension

or revoca'ion,

as the

case tray be, a temporary

licence for the possession and sale of the exDlosives actually

heM Pi the tine of the issue of the temporary licence.

f3) The fee chargeable for a licence granted under sub-

; ile (2) shall bear the same proportion to the fee charged on

lie e\pi e<? or revoked licence as the period covered by the

timporaiy licence bears to a Ml year.

569 _ Appeals.—(1) An appeal against an orJer of licensing

su*hority_ refrsin? to prant or renew a licence or suspending

or i-e-'oidng a licence or varying the conditions of a licence

*hiM lie—

(i) if the order is passed by the Chief Controller to

the Cental Government; and

(ii) if the order is passed by the Controller to the Chief

ControHer.

(2) Every apoeil shall be preferred in accordance with

the p/ovisions of the Act rnd shall be rrcsented w'thin

iO Jays of the date of the communication of such order.

_ (3) Every appeal shal! be accompanied fey fees specified

in ru es 176 and 177 snd the fees shall be refunded to the

appellant if the appeal is upheld by the appellate authority.

805

170. Procedure to be ioJowed by the appellate authority.—

On receipt of the apped and it such appeal can be admitted

in accordance with the Act, the appellate authority may call

for records of trie ease fiom the authoi.ty who parsed the

order appealed against and may make such further enquiries

as it may deem necessary and after giving the appellant a

reasonable oppoitunity of being heard, pass final orders.

171. Procedure on death or disability of licensee.—(1) If

a licensee dies or becomes

insolent or mentally incapable

or otherwise disabled me licence granted to him under thtte

lules shall stand cancelled on the dat; of licensee's death

oi ha me >ul llvapabl';iy or his insohen >

(2) The leg.il heus or lepresentatives of the bcen.ee inferred

to in sub-rule (1) shall as soon as may be, notify the

licensing authority—

(a) the date of death, insolvency, mental incapability or

other disability; and

(b) the stock of all explosives xeot at the licensed pre-

mises, and shall await the directions of the licens-

ing authority with reeatd to the disposal of such

explosives

172. Loss of licence.—Where a licence granted under

these rules or an authenticated copv thereof granted under

rule 173 is lost or accidentally destroyed, a duplicate may

be granted on pajrnent of fees, specified in rules 176 and

177.

173. Production of licence oi pass on demand.—(1) Eveiy

person holding or acting under a licence •

i..' w. ':: !'v-c

rules shall, when called upon to do so by

• •' i..1

..:•:«..I

in sub-rule d) of rule 179, produce it, •. : : .:":'!.:> i •.,•.<

copy of it, at such time and place as may be directed by

such officer.

(2) Every person in charge of a con&igp-nent or explosive

in transit under cover of a pass issued undei these rules shall

produce it when called upon to do so bv any officer specified

in sub-rule (1) of rule 179

(3) Copies of any licence may, for 'he pm poses of this

"le be author,*]-ated f-eo of crrrj-- K 'lie oiitho <ty -which

granted tho licence.

174. Executhe control over authorities.—Every authority

other than the Central Government acting under this Chap-

ter shall be subject to the directions and control of the

Central Government:

Prov!ded that nothing in this rule shall be deemed to affect

the powers of executive control of the Chief Controller over

the offi cis suboidinate to him.

CHAPTER VHI

FEES

175. Procedure for payment of fees —The fees payable

under these rules shall be paid in the following manner—

(1) Fees payable to Chief Controller shall be paid by a

crossed Postal Order or a crossed Bank draft drawn

in favour of Fiy & Accounts Officer. DeoaTtineit

of Explosives, Nagpur. The bank draft should be

drawn on any nationalised bank and pavable at

Nagour. Fees upto Rs 100 in each case, may also

be paid in cash at the office of Chief Controller.

(2f Fees payable to o Controller of Explosives shall be

paid by a Crossed Postal Order or a Crossed Batik

Draft drawn in favour of the Controller of Explo-

sives to whom the payment is made.

The Bank

Drafts shall b e on anv nationalised bank payable

j>t the station where office of Controller to whom

rmvmerit is to be made is located Fees upto Rs 100.

in eccb c s e , miy also be r/isd n

cash at the

office of Controller concerned.

(1> keep

ryyable to District Authority u- anv

other

authority under these rules sh»ll be paid in such

manner a<s mav be

specified by that authority

176. Fees other than licence fees.—The

following

fees

uiher than licence fees shall be payable under these rules—

(1) For inclusion of any explosive in the authorised list of explo-

sives (see rule 6)—•

(I)

Scrutiny fee for each proposal

R.b

100.00

(ii)

Testing fes for each sample of

Ri

500.00

explosives

(2) To test each sa>nple of imported

Rs

25.00

explosives, (see rule 28).

(3)

(i) for testing each sample to issue

Rs.

25.00

certificate of safety in Form 1

(see rule 34)

00

To renew each certificate issued

Rs

25.00

under (i) above without iresh

test,

(m)

for

testing each

sample to

Rs.

200 00

re.iew certificate issued under

(i) above .ifter fresh test.

(4) Scrutiny fee for approval of manu-

Rs.

500.00

factoring process for any new-

explosive (see rule 89).

(5) For storage of explosives in excess

Rs. 200.00 for first

of licensed capacity at any one time

5 days and Rs.

(see rule 1261.

300.00 for every

additional 5 days

or part thereof.

(6) For permit for temporary possession

Rs.

50.00

of fire works in excess of licensed

quantity (see rule 127).

(7) Scrutiny fee for application for grant

of a licence to manufacture [see <mb-

raic (3) of lule 154] -

0)

any explosive other thaa those

Rs.

1000.00

mentioned

under

(ii),

(iii),

(iv) & (v) below

(ii) site mixed a-rmo'iium nitrate

Rs.

100.00

and fuel oil explosives

(in)

Liquid

Oxygen"

explosive

Rs.

100 00

(iv) (a) Fireworks or Gunpowder

Rs

100.00

upto 200 kg^ at a time

(b) Fireworks or Gunpowder

Rs.

500 00

exceeding 200 kgs. at a time.

(v) coloured matches

Rs.

200 00

(8) Scrutiny fee for each apphcat.on for

grant of a licence to possess for

use

or sale of explosives i i Form 21 or 22

Rs.

100.00

[see sub-rule (4) of rule 154].

(9) Scrutiny fee for each application for

Rs.

25.00

grant of a licence to possess and sell

explosives in Form 24

(10) Scrutiny fee for applicition for grant

Rb.

100.00

of each licence to import or export

explosives.

[:>ee sub-rule (7) of t u b 154]

(11) Scrutiny fee for application for grant

Rs.

20.00

of each licence to transport explo-

sives [see sub-rule (7) of rule 154]

SU6

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[FART II—SEC. 3(i)l

02) Scrutiny fee for each application

Rs.

100 00

for grant of a licence for a road van

[see sub-rule (8) of rule 154]

(13) Scrutiny fee for application for grant

Rs.

100.00

of each licence for possession and use

of Public Display of Fireworks.

{jee sub-rule (7) of rule 154].

(14) Scrutiny fee for each application for

Rs.

5 00

grant of a Shot-Firers Permit [see

sub-rule (9) of rule 154],

(13> For examination for grant of a Shot-

Rs.

20 00

Firer's Permit (see rule 158)

(16) (a)

Scrutiny fee for application

for amendment of each licence

(see rule M)—

(i) in Form 20 to manufac-

Rs.

50.00

tuje explosives

(ii) in

any

other Form

Rs.

20.00

(b) Amendment fee fore ich licence

Rs.

30 00

(see rule 164)

(c) Scrutiny fee for any change in

manufacturing process of an

Rs.

50.00

explosive

(17) For appeal against an order of a

licensing authoriy(see rules 169 &

178)—

(i) if such appeal is preferred to

Rs.

100 00

Central Government or Chief

Controller.

(ii) if such appei 1 is preferred to

Free of charge

immediate offlcirl superior to

District Authority.

(18) For issue of a duplicate copy

of licence(se3 rule 172)

Rs.

50.00

(19) For approval of—

(a) a packing box or container

Rs.

500 00

(b) a new design of equipment.

Rs.

1000 00

machinery ore inmate vehicle

used

for manufacture

and

tra^.spMi ofexpbsive.

(c) a magazine ModeB

Rs.

1000 00

(d) any change in the composition

Rs.

200.00

of an authorised explosive

(2)) Lightning Conductor testing fee

.Rs.

100.00

for each test.

177. Licence fee.--(l) The following fees shall be payable

per year for eac'i liceice issued under these rules -

(i) to manufacture explosive

(Form 20)

(a) of class 2, 3, 4 & 5 other Rs. 500.00 per 1000

than site mixed Ammo-

tonnes or part there-

nium Nitrate Fuel Oil

of of the installed

explosive

annual plant capa-

city for each explo-

sive

subject

to

a

miximum of

Rs. 10,000 00

(b) of class 6

Rs. 500.00

per 1

million

metres

numbers or past

thereof of the ins-

talled annual plant

capacity of each

explosive

subject

to

maximum of

Rs. 10,000 00

(s) of class 1 ?nd 7

Rs. 200.09 for a

factory miTifac-

turing u^to 200

kgs. at a time and

Rs.

500.00

for

every additional 50

kgs. at a time or

part thereof.,

(d) of class 8

Rs.

1000 03

(e) site mixed Ammonium

Rs.

500 00

Nitrate Fuel Oilexplosive

(ii) to possess and sell explosives (a) Rs>. 200 00

for

(Form 21)

ev'ery 1000

kg.

or

part thereof

of the

licensed "

capacity of each

explosive of class

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 or

8.

(b)Rs.

50.00

for

every 10000 met-

rcs/noi. of each

explosive of Class

6.

(iii) to possess explosivos for u^e (a) Rs. 150.00

for

(Form 22)

every 1000 kgs.

or patt

thereof

of the

licensed

capacity of each

explosives

of

class 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,

7 or 3.

(b)Rs. 40.00

for

every 10000 met-

res/nog, or part

thereof of each ex-

plosive of class 6. .

(iv) to possess and sell explosives

Rs.

150.00

(Form 24)

t.

(v) to

transport

explosives

R.S.

200.00

(Form 26)

(vi) for a road van (Form 25)

Rs.

500.00

f2)The following fees shall be payable for each licence to—

(i) Import explosives (Form 27)

Rs.

2 30 00

(ii) export explosives (Form 28)

Rs.

2'10 00

(iii) possess and use for Public

Rs.

2JJ.00

Display of fireworks

(iv) possess for use explosives by a

Free of charge

cultivator or other persons

(Form 23)

CHAPTER IX

POWER OF OFFICERS AND PENALTIES

178. Dangerous practices.—(1) If in my matter whi 'h is

not provided for by any express provision of, or cord tion

of a licence granted under these mles and Controller finds

any factory, magazine or place where an etploiiie is being

manufactured, possessed or sold, or used or any pa't thereof,

or anvthing or practice therein ui coai.cued thviewuh or

with the handling or transport of explosives, to be unneces-

sarily dangerous or defective, so as in his opinion, to tend

to endanger the public safety or the bodily .safetj of an\

807

penon, such Controller may, by nn order in willing, riquire

the occupier of such factory, magazine or place, or ttw owner

of the cxplouve, to remedy the same within such lime ES may

Lie specified in the outer.

(2) Wheie the occupier or ownei j'ojeui to an older

made I'ndcr sub-iulc (1). he may appeal to thj Chief Con-

tioller within the time specified in the order and the"~ order

of the Chief Controller on such appeal sh ill be final,

(3) bveiy appeal piefencd under sub-rule (2) shall be in

writing and shall be accompanied by a copy of the older

appealed against.

(4) If the occupiei or owner fails to comply with on order

mude under sub-rule (1) within the time specified in u or,

where nn appeal is preferred under nub-iule (2i, fails to com-

ply v, ith the order of the Chief Controller thereon within

the time fixed in such older, he shall be deemed to have

committed a breach of this rule.

17y. Foweis of search and seizure,—(1) Any officer speci-

fied in the first column of the table beicm may within the,

areas specified in the corresponding entry

in the second

column of that table- -

fa) cnler, inspect and examine anv place, airertift, car-

riflflc oi vessel in which an explosive i« being manu-

factured, possessed, used, sold, transported, exported

or imported under a licence Branted under these

rules, or in which he has rca»on to believe that an

explosive has been or w being manufactured, pos-

sessed, used, sold, traniported, exported or import-

ed in contravention of the Act or these rule*;

(b) search for explosives or ingredients thereof;

(c) take samples of any explosive or ingredients found

therein free of charge; and

(d) seize, detain and remove any explosive or ingredients

thereof found therein together with connected docu-

ments thereof in respect of which he has reason to

believe that any of the provisions of the Act or thes-e

rules have been contravened.

TABLE

Officers

(1)

The Chief Controller and Controller

of Explosives.

All District Magistrate

All Executive Magistrate subordinate

to the District Magistrate.

All Commissioners of Police and

Polic: Officers of rank, not below

that of a Deputy Superintendent

of Police

The Director General Mines Safety

and officers subordin-itc to him.

Areas

(2)

All part is of India

Their reipcctive districts

Their respective juriidic-

tions.

The area over which

their authority extends.

The respective areas over

which their authority

attends.

(2) Whenever any officer other than the Chief Controller

seizes, detains or removes any explosive or ingredients tbete-

ot or any connected documents thereof under this rule, tie

shall forthwith report the fact by telegram to the Chief

Controller and the Controller under whose jurisdiction the

place where the explosives were seized f,iHs and whenevet

ariy officer not being the District Authority seizes, detains

or removes any explosives or ingredients

thereof

or any

connected documents thereof under this rule, he shall forth-

with report the fact by telegram to the

District Authority

concerned.

H) Whenever my e.iploiives m» iti'.ttl they shall be Uuied

up in ftn isolated place under adequate gunrd until examina-

tion hv Chief Conuollei or Controller and receipt of instruc-

tions from him ai to their disposal.

ISO. Power to destroy explosives and iugjedicaU th»reoi,—

111 The Chief Controller or u Controller—

lul ihdll destioy any explosive, whcnevoi found—

(I) the manufacture, possession or import oi" which

has been prohibited absolutely undei section 6

of the Act; or

(ill if the explosive belongs to itle ith ^Fulminate)

class and is being manufactuieo possessed, used,

iold, transported, exported oi impoiled illegally

without ii licence under these lule.-.;

(r>) may destioy or lender harmless any other explosive

or ingredient thereof in respect ot which the Chief

ControIIei oi Controller has reasons In believe mat

any of the provisions of the Act oi these iule»

have been contravened or which in his upinion are

no lonfier hi foi storage, transpoit or use and inc

matter appcttn to be urgent to such Controller and

fraught with serious dangci to public.

(2) Whenever the Chiei C.ontiollei oi •» Conlioiler destroys

any explosive oi ingredient thereof oi renders it hm miens

tinder lub-iulc (t), he shall take and keep a sample thereof

provided if m hij opinion such sample can be taken, trans-

ported and kept safely for the period required without any

danger to any life or property and if required, give a portion

of the sample to the person owning the explosive oi having

the same undei his control at the time of scizurr,

(3) Where any cxplonive or Ingredient thereof is destroyed

by a Controller, he shall report nil the facts to the Chief

Controller. The explosives shall be destroyed or rendered

harmless as provided under this rule -t the iMpense of the

occupier of factoii. magazine, store home or place or the

owner of the explosives.

181. Procedure on repoits of

infringement.—Whenevei

any report is made to the District Auhority by the Chief

Controller or Controller of an infringement of the Act or

of these rules. District Authority shall take immediale action

and shall infoim the Chief Controller or the Controller, as

the case may be, of the action taken by him on such report.

CHAPTER X

ACCIDENTS AND ENQUIRIES

182. Notice of accident.—The notice of an accident re-

quired to be fliven under section 8(1) of the Act shall be

given forthwith—

in) to the Chief Controller of Explosives by Express tele-

gram (Tclcfiiaphic address--EX PLOSIVES, NAG-

PUKj followed within 24 hours by a Ictlei giving

particulars of the occurrence ;

(h) Controller ot Explosives in whose juiisdictljn acci-

dent has taken place ; and

(c) to the OfJicci-in-Chaijje ot the nearest Police Sta-

tion ;

ponding the visit oi the Chiei Controller, or his reprcgenia-

tive. or until iniliuction is icceived from the Chief Controller

or his representative that he does not wish any further in-

vestigation or inquiry to be made, all wreckage und debris

shall be left untouched except in so far :ii its removal may

be necessary for the rescue of persons injuied, and recovery

of the bodies of any persons killed, by the accident or in

the ciise of ueiodrornes ot iiiiluays, foi (tie lesioralion of

through communication.

183. Piocfduie at couits of inquiry.—'1) I hi; ControIIei

shall airange with the Heads of Armed loites oi Oidnancc

1 actories or othei establishments- ol such foices to be re-

PiesentcJ at Court;, uf Inquiry where he so desires. The

Chief ControIIei will be provided with copies of the pro-

ceeding1, of Court1. wheie he is not ivprcienttd. The Heads

of Armed F'oices oi Oidnante l-HCtoi'ei oi other entabliih-

nicni* ot iiii.li forces, an the case mfiv be,

ahall co operate

wlih die Chiei Controller hy informini him immediately of

occurrence-) liable- to lead fo the tummoning of Courts of

tnqu!i> on" maiteis of miereat to the Chief Contioller us

indicated by him.

808

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC, 3(i)]

(2) The Chief Controller may attend in person or send a

representative and in either case he shall have power to

examine witness, where he so desiies.

184. Inquiry into accidents.—(1)

Whenever

a District

Magistrate, a C. : • -.•'. *:.> '.•: < f Police or a Magistrate sub-

ordinate to a •! . ..-. '.' :"»r.ii-. holds an inquiry under

settion 9(1) oi me ACI he snaii adjourn such an inquiry

unless the Chief Controller oi an officer nominated by him

is present to watch the proceedings or tiie Magistrate has

icceived information from the Chief Controller that officer

does not wKh to fend a representative.

(2) The Magistrate shall, at least 21 days befoie holding ;he

adjourned inquiry, send to the Chief Controller notice'in

writing of the time and place of holding the adjourned in-

quiry.

(3) Wheie an accident has been r."sr.;>r? v..*u

1-.s of

human life the Magistrate, before ::': «>!.»Mi ::: w

may,

take evidence to identify any bodies

•,: v..

i' <. - i: i1 dis-

posal thereof.

(4) The Chief Controller or his representative rhall be at

liberty at any such inquiry to examine any witnesses subject

to the order of the Magistrate on point* of jaw.

(5) Where the Chief Controller is not present or represented

at any inquiry held by a District Magistrate or a Commissio-

ner of Police or a Magistiate subordinate to District Magis-

trate a copy of the report of the proceedings thereof shaU

be sent to him.

185. Inquiry into more serious accidents.—(1) Whenevei

an inquiry is held under section 9A of the Act the persons

holding such inquiry such hold the same in open court in

such mannei and undet such conditions as they may think

most effectual for ascertaining the causes and cheumstances

of the accidents, and enabling them to Tiake the leport under

this rule:

Provided that where the Central Government so directs

the inquiry rrtay be held in camera.

(2) Whenever an enquiry under sub-rule (1) above is held

by a person other than the Chief Controller, such person

shall arrange for, the Chief Controller to be represented

-at Mich enquiry including am adjournment thereof.

The

pei son holding the enquiry shall, at least 21 days before

holding the inquiry or any adjourned inquiry, send to the

Chief Controller a notice in writing r>f the lim" and place

of holding such inquiry. The Chief Controller may attend

in person or send a representative and in either case he

shall have power to examine witnesses where he so desires.

(3) Persons attending as witnesses before this Court

shall

be allowed such expenses as are payable to witnesses attend-

ing before a civil court subordinate to the High Court hav-

ing jurisdiction in the place where the inquiry is held. In

case of dispute as to the amount to be allowed the question

shall be refened to the local magistrate who, on request by

the court, shall ascertain and certify the proper amount of

such expenses.

(4) All expenses incurred in relation :o an inquiry or

investigation under this rule shall be deemed to be part of

the expenses of the Department of Explosives.

186. Repeal and savings.—(1) The Explosives Rules, 1940

are hereby repealed.

(2) Notwithstanding such repeal—

(j) all licences or duplicates thereof granted or renewed

under the said rules and all fees imposed or levied

shall deemed to have been granted, renewed, im-

posed or levied, as _ the case may be, under the

corresponding piovisiotis of these rules, and

(ii) all approvals given and all powers conferred bv or

under anv notrficatiort or rule rtall, so far as they

are consistent with the Act and these rules, be

deemed to have been given or confeired by or under

these rules.

[F. No. 2aO)/79-MIA*CI]

R. N. CHOPR V \ddl. Sfcy.

SCHEDULE I

CLASSES OF EXPLOSIVES

(See Rule 3)

Evploiives, ate divided into 8 classes as follows:--

Class - 1 : Gun Powder

Cluss - 2 : Nitrate-mixtuie

Class - 3 : Nitio-compound

Clacs - 4 : Chlorate-mixtuie

Class - 5 : Fulminate

Class - 6 : Ammunition

Class - 7 : 1 ireworks

Class - 8 : Liquid Oxygen Explosives

Class I - Gun powder Class

'Gunpowder' means gunpowder ordinarily so called.

Class - 2 Nitrate Mixture Class

"Nitrate-mixture" meads any preparation, other than gun-

powder, which is formed by the mechanical mixture of a

nitrate with any form of carbon or with any carbonaceous

substance not possessed of explosives properties,

whether

sulphur be or be not added to such preparation, and whe-

ther such preparation be or be not mechanically mixed with

wnv other non-explosive substance, and includes any explo-

sive containing : re::! '• . v :•..! not being a chlorate-mixtuie,

fnlmimte or •.:••• f ::••>'p." :• defined in this Schedule.

Cla«s 3—Nitro-compound Class

(1) "Nitro-compound" means any chemical

compound

whijh is possessed of explosive properties or is capable of

combining with metals to form an explosive compound, and

is produced by the chemical action of nitric acid (whether

mixed or not, with sulphuric acid), or of a nitrate mixed with

•ulohuric acid, upon any carbonaceous substance, whether

such compound is mechanically mixed with other substances

or not.

(2) The Nitro-compound class has

two divisions namely

Division 1 and Division 2.

|

f3) Division 1, comprising any chemical compound or

mechanically mixed preparation which consists, either wholly

or partlv, of nitro-glycerine or some othei liquid nitro-com-

pound that is such explosive's as Ballistic Blasting Gelatine,

Cordite, Dynarrsife, Gelatine Dyna-nite, Gelignite, etc.

(4) Div'sion 2, comprising an\ nitro-compound, which is

n

u

t

c

o

m

p

r

i

s

e

d

i

n

D

i

v

i

s

i

o

n

1

t

h

a

t

i - -

f

-

x

p

l

j

•

P

V

s

u

c

h

a

s

A

m

m

o

-

rn' EC. Sporting Powder, gun-cotton. Pictn'c Acid, Smoke-

less Diamond, Trinitro-toluol (T.NT.)etc

Class 4—Chlorate mixtuv Liass

(1) "Chlorate-mixture" means anv e\n1"M\e containing a

ch'orate.

(2) Chlorate-mixture c'as^ has 2 d'V s:ons namely Divi-

son 1 and Division 2.

(3) Division 1. compii'sing anv ch'o u'e prepauition which

consi''s pir*!v of nitroglycerine or of icnie othej liquid

ilfro-cornpoimd.

(4) Division 2, enrnprising any

hlontc mixture which is

pot coitpiised in Division 1.

Class 5—Fulminate Class

(11 "Culminate" aieans, any chemical compound or mecha-

nical mixture whatever, which from [U, great suceptibility to

detonation, is suitable for employment in percussion-caps or

inv other appliances for developing defoliation, or which,

[torn its extreme sensibility to explosion, and from its great

instability (that i<? to sav, readiness to undergo decomposition

from

very slight exciting causes),

is

specially dangerous.

809

(2) The Fulminate class | consists of two divisions namt*\

db lsion 1 and division 2.

(3) Division 1 comprisihg such compounds as the f'il-

minate of silvei and of mercury, and prepaiations of those

substances such as arc usied_ m percussion caps, and any

pieparatkm consisting of a (nixture of chlorate \vi\h phosp)io-

ros, or certa;n description}? of compounds of phosphorous.

with or without the a !aitioi[i of carbonaf eous matter and any

preparation consisting of al mixture of a chlorate with sul-

phur or with su!phuret with or without cirtonaceous matter

(4) Division 2* convii&es such substances as the chloride

and the Iodide of Nitrogen, Fulminating Gold and Silver,

Diazobenzol and the Nitrati of Diazobenzol, lead \?ide and

Tetrazine

Class 6—Ammunition C'ass

(1) "Ammunition" mearts an explosive of any of the

foregoing classes when the t same is enclosed in any case or

contrivance, or is otherwise adapted or prepared so as to

form fa) a cartridge or charge for small arms, cannon or

any other weapon, or (b) a safety or o*her fuse for blasting

or for shells, or (c) a tube for firing explosive, or (d) a per-

cussion cap, detonator fog signal, shell, torpedo, war rocket

or any other contrivance o'her tr>?n ;i firewoik

(2) The ammunition clas^ has three jfviMons namsly Dhi-

sioT 1, Division 2 .-nd Division 3

(3) Division 1 comprises I exclusively ol (i) Safety cartridges

(i:) Safety fuses for blasting (iii) Railway foe; signal and 'ivl

Percussion caps

(4) Division 2 comprises any ammunition which does not

contain its own means of ignition and is not included in

Division 1, such as cartridges for small-arms othsr than

safety cartridges, cartridge^ and cha-gse for cannon_ shells

and torpedoes containing anv explo^ivss tubes for firing ex-

plosives, and war rocket, whi'h do not contain their own

menns of ignition.

(5) Division 3 comprises anv ammunition which contains

its own means of ignition and is not included in Division 1,

such as detonators, fuses for biastine which are not safftv

fuses, tubes for firing explosives containing tVir own means

of ignition.

Note.—The expression ''ammunition containing its own

rre'ins of ignition" means ammunition hrWng an arrangement.

wrtsther attached to or forpfins nart of the ammunition which

is idppte-i to exrlode or flre the ammunition bv friction or

petcirsion "Percussion cap" does not 'nclnde a defonatoi.

C1a«s 7-VFirPuorks Class

(1) Firewo-ks Class has two divisions, namely Division t

mri Division 2

(2) Division 1 comprises of firework.* composition that is

to say, any chemical compound or rmcbamw'lv mixed pre-

paration of ar> explosive tor infhmmable nature, which is

iis?vi for the purpose of mpking mamift*tnif>d fiieworks, and

is not an fxn'o^'vp of classes 1. 2. 3

i

5 C any «tar

a^d any coloured fire composition

Provided that a substantially constructed hermeticallv closed

metal case containing not more than 500 grm. of coloured

fire cornoosjtion of such a nature ss not fo bcliable to spon-

taneo'n ignition shall be deemed *o be "« manufactured fire-

work" ?nd rot a "firework composi'ion"

d) Division 2 fireworks comprises manufactured fireworks

i t to say anv explosive Of class 1. 2. 3. 4, or 6 -in<5 anv

fireworks comnosifion when such explosive o- composition is

enclosed in any case or contrivance or other art'Vles specially

jirf^nteri for the "rorfnrtiori of pvrp^»chiii • effect for pvrofech-

n'" ciana1 or «ovnJ signa's

(4) Division ~> fire"rv-l,si comprises 3 «nb-divisior>s nameiv

Sub dHsion, Sub division 2 and Sub-division 3.

(5) 'Ji'b-dh ision 1 of Division 2 fireworks comprises low

nazs'd fireworks which, in the oninion of Chief Controller

are n-TMwlv innoT.niK in themselves and are not liabl? to

explode violently or all at once eg sparklers, cninese crac-

ke»s nmo'ces and Roman candles.

(6) 5ub dmaon 2 df dhHon 2 firework compnses high

jij/ii(! fntwoil.'

'huh. in tht opinion of thief Controller,

present a special hazdid to a peison eg. locktts, serpents,

Sibils, naioon5, wheeK, bair^ges

fount.uin,

illumination

pieces, distiess S'gnais etc

(7* Sub Jivision ' of di\i'-ion 2 fheworks compuses such

Fuewoiks v hich aie assemble! a* site pu el\ for the purpose

of aispl )\

Class S—Liquid Oxvgen Explosives Class

••JiqunJ

()\>gen t.\plosi\es" means an absorbent

carbon

ateous mateiwl such as wood pulp, caibon black, metal

powder, coa! dust etc. impregnated wi'h liquid ail o' liquid

«x\een with or without the addition of oiber ^u'nsiances.

SCHEDULE II

Packing of Explosives

(See Rule 8)

(1) In this Schedule un'ess the context otherwise requires—

the expression "out^i package" means a box, barrel,

case or cylinder of wood, metal, or other solid

mate. ..!, of su>.h sttength, constius.tion and charac-

ter as not to be liable to be broken or accidentally

opened o> to become defective ~>T insecuie or to

allow an explosive to escape ;

the expression "inner package" means a substantial case,

bag, canister, or other receptacle, made and closed

so ag to prevent any explosive from

escaping;

where\er an explosne is distinguished as belonging

to a particular class or division of a class, the refer-

ence k to the clarification specified in Schedule I;

the expression "propellant" means an authorised ex-

plosive of the 3rd ("Nitre Compound) Class adapted and

intended exclusively for use as a propelling charge in can-

non or small arms.

(2) The interior of every package shall be free from grit

and otherwise clean

(3) Sa\e as provided in the table appended to this Sche-

dule there sha'l be no iron or steel in the construction of

any package unless the same is covered with suitable mate-

rial so as effectively to prevent the expoiure of such iron

or steel.

(4) \ package when actualh used for the packing of one

exnlosive shall not be used for the packing of any other

explosive or of any other article or substance •

Provided that nothing in this clause shall be deemed to

prohibit—

fa) the packing in the same outer

package of inner

packages confining a propellant together with inner

packages containing gun powder or another pro-

pellant ; or

(b) the packing in the same package of any article

which is not of an inflammable or explosive

na-

ture ; or liable to cause fire or explosion together

with an explosive of the 1st Division of the 6th

(•Ammunition) Class.

(5) Nothing in this Schedule shall be deemed to prohibit

the use of an additional package, whether inner or outer,

of a' character not expressly prohibited in writing by the

Chief Controller.

(6) Use of metal bands wires on packages is prohibited

unless specifically authorised by the Chief Controller in

relation to packine of any explosives.

(7)

material of which the packages and their closures

are made must not be liable to attack bv the contents and

form harmful or dangerous compounds therewith.

(H) Packages must be sufficiently rigid and strong In all

their parts to prevent any loosening durfne transport and! to

meet notmal requirements of such transport. Solid substances

shall be firmly secured in their packages, and inner packages

RlO

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART 11—SEC:. 3(i)]

shall be firmly termed 'P outer package*, Unless otherwise

specifrd inner piLl.Tgt-'i mm

he cm'loied in outer ivickngef

either single 01 in g'Oupv

(9) Cushioning niiiteri.il. if used, shall he suited to Ihe nature

of the contents of ihe pnekaiiei.

(1(11 \n explosives that is not nuthoiised explosive shall be

pecked in such .1 manner as mav be directed h\ the Chief

Controller with lefercnce to such explosive.

Ill) la) The outer package shall be used ortlv once for

packinfi and transport of explosives.

(b) When thr. explosive contained in outeT package are

n-mo\fd thf-rcfinm the omei package shall be destroyed or

disposed iif in Mich 11 manner that cannot be re-inej for tiny

purpose.

(121 Where metal boxes are Hired, they shall be fitted with

dosuiei or safety devices yielding when the internal prcs-

suic reaches ft vtilue not greater thnn 3 kg /cm. ' Such clo-

sures or safety devices shall not impair Ihe strength of metal

boxes Boxen made of zinc sheet or uhimnrnm shrill be com-

pletely lined with wood or fibre board.

Tten

(1)

1.

3.

A.

I

5

6.

7.

H.

9.

n No,

Class

(2)

Class I

C;J-,S 2

Situ M'K-d An-

monium Nitrate

Fuel Oil mixture-

(ANFO)

Class 3 D vhion

olh;r thin pro-

p-llants.

Clasi 3 Division

1 Propsllants

Class 3 Division

2

other

than

Picric Acid, Wet

Gun

Cotton,

Penta-Erythritol

Tctrinitrat':

RDX, Terinitor

Retorcinol (Sty-

phnic Acid)

Picric Acid

GJT CMtoris'J

w;ttii With wl-

ter a? to be ab-

solutely uninfla-

mmable.

Pema-Ervthritni-

TeLnnitratc (P.

E. T. N. Penth-

rite) containing

25% of nniiture.

Method of packing

(3)

When the quantity in any one consignment does not exceed 2,5 kg., a single

outer package,

'

When ihe quantity exceeds 2.5 kg., a duble pfekege, the lnnei and cuter

packages b;ing a<i defined in clause (1) of this Schedule. Tr.ner packages

ifmadeofmrtal shill b; secured by ctishioninjj material

Ths miterial except site mixed Ammonium Nitrate Fuel OJ] explosive shall

b: suitably cUrtridged in wrappings made of suitble plastic material or

pm.'rs so ft? to make it impermsahle and protect from damp. Furllier

picking as for CUss 1.

A, in,i5v;d by chijf Cjntroller.

The milcrial vhill be cartridged in wrappings made of paper 01 polythene

that his bsen ma.de impirmetible, The wrapping should aho pjctect t^e

m Uerial from damp,

Furthir packing ns for Class 1, provided that either the outer or inner pack-

age shall b: thoroughly wateiproof and thai no metol shell be lutcl in the

c in,truction of the packages, except thiit (1) nails made of brass, zmc

or other soft metal or coated with the same may be used for securing the

outer package, and (2) wire sticbing may lie used for securing the inner

package if the wire is effectively prevented from coming into contact with

th: explosive by miannof a sheet of stout carboard or.otheiwite

As for Class 1

As for Class 1

Ai for Class 1

As for Class 1, provided that the inner or outer package or both of them shal

b: of su;h nature, and so closed, as to prevent any material loss of mois-

ture.

Tn double package, the inner package shall be a polythene bag closed at the

top with twine thread and placed in a bright lin container. Both the bag

and the tin container shall be so closed as to prevent any material loss of

moisture. The outer package shal] be as defiiud in clause (1) of the Sche-

dule and so closed as to prevent any materid 11 oss of moki lire.

Amcunts in any

one outer pack-

age

(4)

50 kg.

Provided thri v

and

propellai

together the 1

exceed.

25 kg.

:ikg.

:5 kg.

25 kg.

25 kg.

Unlimited

1 Unlimited

22.Jkg.

(dry basis)

r Amrunt in oriy

one inner pack-

age.

(J)

2.5 kg.

vbere gun | cwder

its

are packed

imount shall not

2.5 kg.

2.5 kg.

2 5 kg

= 5kg.

2'kg.

Unlimited

Unl mitid

11 2.1 kj\

(drv basis)

811

Iten

1

10.

Jl.

12.

13.

14.

15. (

16.

17. (

18. (

1 No.

Class

RDX

Tri-Nitro-Resor-

cinol (Styphnic

Acid)

Class 4 Division

Class 4 Division

Class 5

3nss 6, Division

I, othr thin Pm>

flre cartridges foi

pistols.

Pin-fire cartrid-

ges for pistok

^lass 6 Division :

3lass 6, Division

3, other than

Detonators and

Electric Detona-

tois.

Method of packing

.3

As for Pl-TN

• As Tor Class 1, provided that Trinitte-RcLOiur.o] (Siyplimc Acd) shall be

wetted with not less than 20% of water calculated on the wet explosives

and that the inner package shall be a substantial bag, case or canister so

nude andcloscd as to prevent anyloss of moisture ore\caperfcsxplosives.

1 As for Class 3, Division 1, other than propellents

2 As for Class 1

The explosive shall be packed wet containing not less tlmn 25 % wrier, and

shall,in this condition becnclosed in a treble package; the inner nio^t pack-

age; containing the wet explosive shall be a bag of heavy cotton cloth or

other suitable material of close mesh but permeable to water; the inter-

mediate pickage shall contain all the individual packages and sufficient

water to koep the explosive in them constantly wet, and may,consistent

with the requirements of the security of the whole package, be in the form

of a mbbor bag, or of a case, or of such spscial lining to the other packages

as will efficiently attain this object, and it must itself be contantly surrounded

by Or saturated with water, the cuter package containing sufficient

water constantly to surround the case. Doth the intermediate package and

tho outer pJckage shil! bi of su:h construction and material as will not

allow water to escap;.

if the explosive is of su;h character thai it cannot be packed in a thorough

wet condition, It shall b; packed in accordance with conditions prescribed

by the Chief Controller.

A single outer paokage.

Provided that clause (3) of this Schedule sh.ill not apply to csplosives of thi

:

Division;:

Provided also that bulletcd cartridges of a calibre exeeding 1.27 cm. and

belonging to this Division shall be packed in such a manner that the point

of any bullet cannot come in contact with the cap of another cartridge.

(a) Not exceeding 50 in number in any otic consignment—So packed in a

single package that the bases lie alternately in opposite directions. The

bases and pins shall be so fitted into perforations in millboard or other

suitable material as to prevent the firing of any one of the

said

cartridges by «n explosion in -my other of the said cartridges.

(b) Exceeding 50 number -In an inner and outer package, the cartridges

bslng packed in inner packages with millboards a* above required.

2 Explosives made up into cattridges or charges for cannon, shells, torpedoes,

mines,blastlngorotherlikcpurp^-csshall be packed in such monncr

and in such quantity as is required for the same explosive when not so

made up :

Provided that, where a double package is required, the enclosing case of such

cartridges or charges may, if it satisfies the conditions required for on in-

ner packge, bo deemed to be such inner package.

Other ammunition of this Division- A single outer package.

At for Class'1

Provided that bulleted caitridges- of a calibre exceeding 1.27 cm. and be-

longing to this Division shall be packed in such a manner that the point

of anv bullet cannot come in contact with the cap of another catridge.

Amount in any

one outer pack-

age.

4

22.5 kg.

(dry basis)

25 kg. of

wet explosive.

25 kg.

25 kg.

100 kg.

ily

Unlimited

s

JO in number

2500 in number

50 kg.

25 kg.

1

r

t

8

Amount in any

one inner pack-

age.

5

11.25 kg.

(dry basis)

25

kg. of

wet explosives.

2.5 kg.

2.5 kg.

12.5 kg.

50 in number.

kg. or 10 in

lumber, which-

:ver

be

the

[water

97GI/81—15

812

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

ften

1

19

20,

21.

22.

21.

i No

Class

Detonators

Electric Detona-

tors

Class 7, Division

1

Class 7 Division

Class 8, L.O.X.

(Liquid CKygen

Explosives)

Method of parking

3 '

(a) Not exceeding 1,000 in any one consignment. As for Class 1, provided

that the detonators and the spaces between the same and between the side'

of the inner package and the said detonators shall all be filled as far as

practicable, with fine sawdust or other similar material; a layer of fell

or other soft yielding material shall be placed between both ends of all

the detonators and the interior of the inner package in which the same

are placed, in such manner and so secured, that both ends of the deto-

nators will rest upon the said cotton woo] or other material, every inner

package, if of metal to be lined throughout with the paper or other soft

material,

(h) Etcaadiug 1,030 djtonitors. The detonators shall bo packed in inner

packages, with sawdust and cotton wool as above described. Such inner

packages shall be placed inside a substantial case of wood or metal, made

and closed w as to prevent any of the inner packages escaping therefrom,

and such case shall be placed inside an outer package in such manner

and so secured as to leave a clear spaco of not less than 7,5 cm. betwee

the case and every part of the interior of the said outer packages, notwith-

standing that such clear space may, if preferred, be filled with sawdust,

straw or other similar material or may contain a light framework or

battens of wood to keep the case aforesaid in position in the outer pock-

age,

(c) Where the number of detonators exceeds 5,000 such outer packages

shall be provided with handles or other contrivance, by means of which it

can be safely and conveniently carried,

As for Class 1, provided that where the number in any outer packege exceeds

3,000 such outer packages shall be provided with handles or other contri-

vance, by means of which it can be safely and conveniently carried.

Double package, the inner package being hermetically closed and contains

in an outer package as above defined.

Single outer package, provided that clause (3) of this Stht chile shall not apply

to explosives of this class and Division.

Cartridges packed and transported for immediate use in insulated packing

boxes of a design approved by the Chief Controller.

Amount in any

one omei pack-

age

4

1,000 in number

10,000 in num-

ber

n

5,000 in number

1

10 kg.

50 kp.

Amcunt in anv

one inner pack-

age

5

100 in number.

100 in number.

1(10 in numbei.

0.5 kg.

—

SCHEDULE III

Methods of Testing

(Sec Rule 21)

An explosive of the 3rd (Nitro-compound) Class or of the

4th (Chlorate-mixture) Class shall comply with the tests set

forth in this Schedule as applicable to such explosive.

THE HEAT TEST AS APPLIED TO EXPLOSIVES

I—Apparatus and Materials employed,

Sped- Pattern

Article

flcation No.

1

2

3

A

... Acid, acetic

56.8 ex. bottle

1

I Balance

1

II Bath, water

1

III Bath, water, for hot water

1

heating*

IV Beaker, glass, l i litres

1

V Bottle, dropping, brown

1

glass, 28.4 cc. (for

glyce-

rine and water mixture)

1

2

3

VT Bottle, glass-stoppered, brown

1

glass, 28.4 cc. (for standard

tint papers).

VII Bottle, glass-stoppered,

1

brown glass, 56.8 cc (for

tost papers).

VIII Brush, cleaning

2

IX Brush, cleaning, test tube

1

X Burner,

gas, Argand,

and

1

screen

XI Caps, for test, tubes

A sufficient

supply.

B

XTI Chalk, French

A

sufficient

Supply

XTII Forceps, lifting, heat test

1

papers

XIV Funnel, aluminium

1

•Alternative pattern for use where hot water is available.

N.B.—The apparatus and materials are to comply in all respects with the specification and standard patterns. The standard

patterns, except No. XXI are held by the Deputy Warden of the Standards, Board of Trade. Pattern No. XXI is

hold by H.M. Inspectors of Explosives, Home Office.

8i3

Speci-

fication

C

D

E

Pattern

No.

XV

XVI

XVT1

XVlll

XIX

XX

xx r

XXII

xxin

XXIV

XXV

XXVI

XXVII

XXV11I

XXJX

XXX

xxxt

XXXII

XXXIII

xxxiv

XXXV

XXXVI

XXXVII

xxxvm

XXXIX

XL

XI.1

Article

Funnel, glass

Glycerine 28.4 c.c. bottle

Knife, cordito

Lid, water bath

Mill, cordile

Needle, piercing, heat test

papers

Oven, water

Paper, filtrc

Papers, filtrc, 5.5 cm.

Papers, standard tint

Papers, lest

Pestle and mortar, wedge-

woodware

Plate, glass, resting heat test

papers on when piercing

Rings, rubber, (est tube

Rod, glass, flat-headed

Rods, glass, platinum wire

hook

Scoop, aluminium

Screen, burner for water bath

Sieve, rectangular, tinncd.brass

wire

Sieves with lid and base, cir-

cular, brass

Spectula, horn

Stand, heat test tubes

Stand, water bath

Stoppers, rubber, perforated

Thermometers, glass, and wooi

case-

Trays, aluminium

Tray, cordite knife

Tubes, heat test

Tubes, standard tint paper

Tubing rubber, Argand gas

burner

Water, distilled

Weights, gramme and forceps

in box

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

A

sufficient

supply.

Do

Do

D.o

1

1

A sufficient

supply.

1

6

1

1

1

A set

J

1

1

A sufficient

supply.

i

2

6

I

A

Miflicieni

supply.

1

A

sufficient

length

A

sufficient

supply

A set

Specification A—Acid, Acetic

The acetic acid is to be clear, colourless and free from

all impurities, and is not to contain less than 96 per cent

CH3 COOH. When 1 cc. of N|10 potassium permanganate

solution is added to 100 c.c, of the acetic acid maintained at

15°C, the distinctive colour is to remain for not less lhan

15 minutes.

One drop uf the diluted acetic acid—uno volume of acetic-

acid diluted with four volumes of distilled watej—when

placed by means of n glass rod on freshly-prepared potassium

iodidc-simvh paper is 10 produce no colour.

Specification B—Chalk, French

The Ircnch chalk is to be equal in colour, to the standard

sample and is not to contain more than 0.5 per cent of mois-

ture.

The bulk, of the French chalk is to be such that a volume

of 50 c.c. will weight 235 ±1.0 gramme. This to be determin-

ed as follows :—

A ylaw Uinnel, the -.teni ol which is 11 cm, in length

tapering, internally Irom 8 mm at the top to 5 mm. at the

end, is 10 be clamped vertically above a 50 cc. cylinder so

that the mouth of the latter ia 7 cm. below tbo lowest point

of the iunnel. The cylinder is to be 2.5 cm. in internal

diameter, with a around edge, The French Chalk is to be

poured gradually into the funnel and allowed to flow into

the cylinder until the latter overflows, This should take one

minute. The suifacc of the chalk is then to be levelled off,

without tapping or shaking the cylinder, by drawing a straight

edge over the mouth of the cylinder. The cylinder and con-

tents are then to be weighed.

The fineness of the French chalk is to be such that It will

all pass, without rubbing, through a 0,075 mm. wire sieve of

6,400 meshes per square centimetre,

The French chalk is not to contain more than 0.1 per cent

of soluble alkali salts calculated as CaCO». This is to

be

determined as follows ;—

10 grammes of the chalk are to be boiled with 250 cc.

of water

for one minute, filtered, washed and the filtrate

titrated with N/10 hydrochloric acid.

[he French chalk, when warmed with hydrochloric acid,

is not to give oH! more than 1 per cent and not less than

0.25 per cent of carbonic acid gas.

The French chalk is not to absorb more than 0.5 per cent

of moisture after being dried at lOO'C till constant in

weight, and then exposed under a bell-jar to saturated atmos-

phere at 15° to 20°C for 24 hours.

NOT Jr..—Before use in heat-test experiments the French

chalk is to be carefully washed with distilled water, dried

in a water oven at 65—70 C, and exposed to a saturated

atmosphere for 24 hours. It is to be kept in a well stoppered

bottle.

Specification C—Glycerine

The glycerine is to comply with the latest edition of

British Pharmacopoeia Specification in all respects.

Specification D—-Paper, filters

The paper foi making beat test paper is to consist entirely

of pure normal cotton cellulose of strongly resistant quality

end free from any loading or sizing.

During manufacture, the paper is not to be submitted to

artificial heat of any kind,

lhc paper is to have u smooth white Kurta.ce, and both

sides are to be as nearly alike as possible.

'I he average lentith oE the fibres is to be 2 ±0.5 mm.

The sheets, when measured with a Ciceil t>mith's patent

iued pKssure micrometer, are to have a thickness of 1,8 ±

0,2 mm.

814

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

The lust treatment in Its preparation is to be a thorough

washing wilh pure distilled water and subsequent air drying

in a pure atmosphere.

The paper is to be fiee from all traces of chemical 01

other impurity particularly acids,, chlorine and pcrio*ides.

On boiling wilh 3 per cent, caustic soda solution foi 60

minutes, the paper Js not to lose more than 7.5 per cent of

its weight.

When heated for 15 minutes at 1OO"C with Fehling's

solutions, diluted with twice its volume of boiling water, it

is not to produce more than 1.25 per cent of its weight

of cuprous oxide (CunO).

It is to be supplied in sheets 50 cm. long by 15 cm. wide,

JJIICI each 100 sheets packed separately in a hermetically

sealed tin case closed by a tear-off st^ip.

For use in the extraction of nitro-glyceriiie from dynamite

it is to be supplied in circles 5.5 cm. in diameter, each 100

papers beins packed separately.

Specification E—Papeis, lest

The papeis are to be prepared and tested by (he method laid

down in Appendix II.

bach batch of papers is to be tested by carrying out tor

consecutive tests of four papers on each of two days. The

mean test obtained is to be 18.5±0.75 minute: and the mean

deviation fiom the mean not more than -f. 0.5 minutes.

\

lest different fiom the mean by more than two minutes is

to bo considered abnormal, and is to be disregarded unless

<bere are more than one of such abnormal tests amongst the

32 papers tested, in which case the batch is to be condemned

II—Preparation of the sample to be tested

All the operations in preparing a sample for testing are

to be can ied out as expeditiously as possible, avoiding ex-

posure to lifiht, as far as practicable ana the test is to be

carried out as soon as the sample is prepared.

In weighing out heat test quantities, an accuracy of

± 0.05 gramme is sufficient. These quantities are to be weighed

out into test tubes which have been fitted with rubber rings,

the lower surface of which coincides with the bottom line

etched on the tost tube.

Explosives of Class 3, Division 1

(I) Friable Nitro-glycerino preparations from which the

nitro-alycerine or liquid nitro-compound

cannot be con-

veniently extracted with waters—•

(a) A cartridge of the sample to be tested is to be

opened at one end and rotated with one hand while

wilh the other the contents of the cartridge are

to be loosened by means of pressure between the

thumb and fore fmser, The flist 12.7 mm. of the

sample so loosened is to be rejected.

(T>) The cartiidge is then to be inverted ovei the scoop

and the loosening operation continued so as to

transfer a portion of the explosive to the bcoop.

fc) When the weight of the sample in the scoop has

been adjusted to 3.2 grammes the sample is to be

transferred by means of th« aluminium funnel to

n heat test tubes collected at the bottom by gently

tapping the side of the tube with the fingers and

pressed down to a height of 3 centimetres by means

of the flat-headed glass rod. The sample is then

ready to be heat tested.

(2) Blasting Gelatine and Analogous Preparations—

(n) The wrapper of the cartridge is to be opened out

and 12.7 mm of the sample k to be removed with

the spatula and rejected. A piece weighing 3.2

mmmes as nearly as can be Judged is then to be

cut off for the test. The sample is to He on its own

wrapper during these opeiations, and direct contacl

of the operator's hands wilh the sample is to he

avoided.

(b) The portion of the sample removed is to be weighted

in the scoop and pieces added to, or removed from

it, until 3,2 grammes are obtained. This quantity is

then to be transferred to the mortal. 6.5 grammes

of Fiench Chalk are to be weighed out using the

.spatula and fcoop and also transferred to the mor-

tar.

tc) The sample is to be .incorporated with the Fiench

Chalk by repeatedly squeezing it with the end of

the pestle, until it is in a condition in whidi it can

be ground. The times for normal samples should

generally be as follows :—

til 'sting gelatine

)-] minute^

Gel nine djM'mite

1 minute

Gelignite rncl himilai explosive-, containing

less thin 61 per c;nt of nitro-filyccrine.

.

J minute

The mixture is than to be ground bv a ciiculai

movement of the pestle for a further period of

half a minute, and should then be homogenous in

appearance.

id) The mixtuie is to be iransferied to » test-tube by

means of the horn spatula and the aluminium fun-

nel], and gently pressed down to a height of 5 centi-

meties wilh the fat headed Rlnss lod. The inmple

is then ready to be heat tested,

le) The pestle and mortar after each grinding are to be

thoroughly washed with tap waier, rinsed with dis-

tilled water, dried with a clean towel, find finally

dried in a bath at 100T. The pestle nnd mortar

are to be allowed to cool to the ordinary tempera-

ture before being used again.

(3J Cordite, Bullistite nnd othci propellanK of Class 3,

Divn. 1 —

(i) Explosives in the foim of sticks or lubes.—

(n) The opciator is to wash his hand* caiefully tho-

roughly rinse them in distilled waier. and dry

them with a clean towel.

(b) The sticks or tubes to be tested ure to be wiped

out with clean filter paper.

(c) The sample is to be reduced to n condition suit-

able for grinding in the cordite mill by being

cut into small piece about 3.175 mm. long by

means of the cordite knife. 12.7 mm. being re-

jected from each end of the sticks or tubes to be

tested.

(d) The set of sieve., with the lid removed is to be

placed under (he mill so as to allow the ground

material to fall directly on (he top sieve.

(e) The cut sample is to be transfeireJ from the cordite

tray to the mill and around. The in si portion

passing through (he mill is lo be rejected. A suffi-

cient quantity of the sample is lo be taken to

ensure that enough nwterinl is obtained on the

second sieve without crinding the whole quantity

introduced into the mill.

(f) The lid i.s to be replaced on the sel of sieves and

the sample is sieved for one minute. The mate-

rial which remains on the second sieve is- to be

taken for heat test, except in the case of powder

in sticks or tubes, the nominal diamcicr of which

is les-, than 0.762 mm. in t)u\ case, the material

in the bottom compartment is to be taken for

heat test.

(g> 1 6 grammes of thc ground and sieved sample arc

to be weighed out in the scoon, transferred by

means of the aluminium funnel to a heat test

tube and collected jt the bottom bv gently tap-

pine the side of the tube with thc fingers Three

such test quantities are to be sn weighed out

The sample is then leudv to be heal tested.

(h) Thc set of slc\es and the cordite mill arc lo be

cleaned with thc cleaning brush before and after

thc reparation of each sample.

81'5

Hi) Explosives in the form uf grains fur small arms.—

1.6 Rrammes of the sample is to.be weighed out in the scoop,

transferred by means of the aluminium funnel to a heat

test tube and collected ;it the bottom by gently tapping the

side of the tube with the fingers. Thiee such test quantities

are to be weighed out. The •-.ample is then ready to he heat

tested.

Explosives of Class 3, Division I

(11 Nilro-cellulosc Pulp—

(a) The opciutoi is lo wash his hands caiefully, tho-

roughly lirtse them with distilled

water and di\

them with a dean towel.

ib) Six thicknesses of filter paper iiv' to be laid on top

ol ore another. Sulricicnt of the s imple lo be tested,

to uive uboui 5 6 Elllmmes alicr the final pressing.

is to be spread on the top sheet. SIK othei thick-

ness of filter papei me lo be similarly laid o\er the

sample. 'I he whole is then to be placed under prcs-

suie as, for instance, in a hand screw piess, and

pressure applied for three minutes. On removal

from the piess, lhe sample is to be nibbed up hy

hand on the filter papei and afiain pressed for three

minutes on fresh filter paper. I he sample is then

lo be transferred to the iectani(ul.ir sieve and mbbeil

through it with the hand.

(c) 5 gramme of the sieved iiunple aic lo be weighed

out in the scoop and spread rvenly on a aluminium

tray.

(ilj I lie oven is to h;»\e been brought to, und is to be

maintained at a temperature of 4R.9T (120°F)

Ihe ttay is lo be placed in the o^en and kept there

for 15 minutes with the dooi closed.

fe) The tray is to be icmoved from the oven and ihe

sample tiansferrcj lo the top sieve of the set of

sieves. The lid is to Vic replaced, and the sample

sieved for two minules. For this operation the se-

cond sieve is not to be used.

(f) The poition of the sample which passes through the

top sieve is again lo be spread evenly on an alu-

minium liny and exposed to the air of the tooro

for four hours.

(K) 1.3 grammes of the exposed sample aic to be

weighed out in the scoop and transferred by means

of the aluminium funnel to a heat lest lube. Two

such test quantities aic to be so weighed out. The

material in each is to be gently pressed down with

the flat headed glass rod to a height of three centi-

metres The sample is then ready to be heat tested.

(h) The wiie sieve and the set of sieves are lo be cleaned

with the cleaning brush before and after each sr.m-

ple has been sieved.

(2) Compressed Guncolton :

fa) About 10 grammes of yuncotton a*re to be removed

fiom the centre of the prime oi slab by scrapping

with the horn spatula.

(b) The sciappings SQ obtained are to be placed in the

class beaker two thirds full of col J distilled water.

The sample is to be frequently stirred up in the

water during 15 minutes with the flat headed glass

lod, and then allowed to settle. The tvalcr is to be

noured. ofF and replaced by a similar quantity of

distilled water in which the sample is 1o be fic-

qucntly stirred up as before during 1? minutes.

After settling, the second wash w.iter is lo be

poured off.

(c) rl he opcraloi is to w«sh hit hands carefully, iho

roughly rinse them with distilled viator, and colle"t

1he sample by hand squeezing nut the excess of

water.

(<1) Six thicknesses of fillet paper ate to be laid on ton

of ono nnothei. The washed quncolton is to be

spread on Ibe top sheet. Six other thic1cnes*e"s of

filter paper die lo be similarly laid over the sample,

'J he whole is (hen to be placed wide pressuie us,

for instance, in a. band screw pross and pressure

applied tor three minutes. On removal from the

pi ess, the sample is to be rubbed up on the filter

paper by hand and again pressed for three minutes

on fresh filter paper. The sample is then to be

tianstcned to the lcctangular sieve and nibbed

thioufth it by hand.

(,e) 5 Kinmmcs of the sieved sample aic to be weighed

out m the scoop and spread evenly on an alumi-

nium tray.

(t) Ihe oven is lo have been brouKhl to, and is to^ be

maintained at a tempeiatmc of 4S.y=C (l20°f'J.

Ihe tray is to be placed in the oven and kept there

for 15 minutes, with the door closed.

If?) Ihe tray is to be icmoved fiuni ihe oven and the

sample tiansiened to the top sieve of Ihe set of

sieves.

The lid is to be replaced, and the sample

sieved loi two minutes, hoi this cpeiution the second

sieve is not to be used.

(li) The poilion ol the sample which passes thiough Ihe

top sieve is lo be again spicad evenly on an alumi-

nium trav, and exposed to the air of Ihe room for

foui hours.

(i) 1.3 giammes of the exposed sample aie lo be weighed

out in the SCOOD and transferred by means of the

aluminium funnel to a heat test tube. Tw0 such test

quantities aie to be so weighed out. The material

in each is to be gently pressed down wiih the flat-

hendtd ulass lod to a height of three centimetres.

Ihe sample is then icady to be heat tested.

(j) The wiie sieve and the set of sieves ure to be cleaned

vwih the cleaning bmsh before and idler each sam-

ple has been sieved.

(31 Nitio-cellulose Propellent,—

(O Explosives in the foim of sticks oi tubes :—•

(a) The operator is to wash .his hands carefully,

thoroughly I inse them in distilled watci, and dry

them with a clean towel.

fb) The sticks oi tubes to be tested aie to be wiped

with clean filter paper.

(c) The sample is to be induced to a condition suit-

able foi winding in the cordite mill by being

cut into small pieces about 3.175 mm. long by

means of the cordite knife 12,7 mm, being re-

jected from each end of Ihe sticks or tubes to

be tested.

(d) The set of sieves with the lid lemovcu, is to tie

placed undei the mill so as to allow the ground

material lo fall dnectly on to the top sieve.

(c) The cut sample is lo be tiansierrcd tioro the

cordite Uay to the mill and ground. The tirst por-

tion passing through the mlH is to be rejected.

•\ sufficient quantity of the sample is to be taken

to ensure that enough material is obtained on the

second sieve without firinding the whole quantity

introduced into the mill.

ff) The lid is to be replaced on the set of sieves and

the sample is1 to be sieved for one minute. The

mateiial which remains on the second sieve Is to

be taken for heat test, except in the case of pow-

der in stirks or tubes. '.IK nominal diameter of

which is los than 0.762 mm. in this case, the

mateiial in the bottom compartment is to be

l.iken for heat test.

l;0 1.6 y-jmmes

nf the ginund and sieved sample

,-irc to be weighed out in ihe scoop, transferred

bv means of the aluminium funnel to a heat

test tube, and collected at the bottom by gently

tapping the side of the tube with !hc fingers.

Three such test quantities arc to be so weighted

out. The sample is then read} to bc heat tested.

(h) The set of sieves and the cordite mi'l are to be

cleaned with the cleaning brush before and after

the preparation of each sample.

gl6

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

LPART II—SEC. 3(i)J

(ii) The explosives in the form of grants for srnall-arrns.—

(a) A quantity of tho sample sufficient for the tests

requiied is to be spread evenly on an aluminium

tray.

(b) The oven is to have Been brought to, and is to

be maintained at a temperature of 48.9°C (120°F).

The tray is to be placed in the oven and kept

there for 15 minutes, with the. door closed.

(c) '1 he liay is to be removed from the oven flnd

expded to the air of the room for 4 hours.

(dj 1.3 grammes of the exposed sample me to be weigh-

ed out in the scoop and tiansierred, by means of

the aluminium funnel to a he.ii test lurJe. Three

such test quantities aie to be so weighed out.

The sample is then ready to be hi;at tested.

Ill—Application of the lc-^i

(a) "I he watei bath is to be (ilted up and is lo be levelled

and filled with water upto the outflow. It is to be placed on

a table of convenient height in such a position that the

heat test lint can icadily be observed by reflected light. No

part of the apparatus is to be exposed to direct sunlight.

(b) The theimometei iixed in the rubber stuppei, is to be

inserted in the wire cage provided for the purpose on the

under side of the lid of the water bath to a depth ot 7.6 cm.

The water is heated to the required temperature and main-

tained at a constant temperature and deplh. The tempera-

lures for the various eiplosives are given in T;ihle I.

(c) The filass rod with platinum whe hook is to be inserted

in the rubber stopper. A test paper is then to be removed

from the brown glass bottle by means of the forcepts placed

on the glass plate so that it& edges coincide with the linos on

the plate, and pieiccj by passing the needle thiough the

paper and the hole in the plate. The test paper is then to

lie held by means of the forceps, and a mixture of equal

volumes of distilled water and glycerine is to be applied to

the upper edge of the test paper by means of the glass rod

of the dropping bottle in mifficicut. quantity to moisten the

upper half of the test papcj by the lime the test is com-

plete. The platinum wire hook of the glass rod is then to be

passed through the hole in the paper. At no time is the

opeintor to touch the papei with his linger.

WJ The lubber stoppei ciiuying the glass tod dud test,

paper is at once to be liimly pressed into the test tube con-

UiininK the explosives to be tested until the bottom of the

stopper coincides with the top line etched on tho test tube

mid the position of the glass rod is to be adjusted, so that

the lower edge of the wet portion of the test paper, which edge

is to be approximately horizontal, coincides with the middle

etched line on the test tube. The test tube is then to be insert-

ed in one of the wiic cnges of the lid of the water bath,

so that the bottom line etched on the test tube coincides with

the upper surface of the lid. Tho rubber ling is to pressed

down on the bath and the cup placed in position over the tube.

'I he quantities of the \tuioua explosives lo be placed in

[he test tube arc given in Table I.

Tho test n.iPL'i is not to be inspected by lifting the cup

until shortly before the time explosive ought to stand the

lest as given in Table I.

te) The test is completed when tho faiiit biown line, which

aller time makes its appearance at the margin between the

wet and the dry positions of the test paper, equals in depth of

tint the biown line on the standard tint paper.

For any given explosives to pass the test, the time elaps-

ing between the introduction of the tube into the bath and

the production of the tint equal to 'he standard must not be

less than trfe time given in Table J,

After the test is finished, the explosive is to be caiefully

icmoved from the tubes, and the tubes thoroughly washed

out with tap water by means of the test tube brush. They are

then to be rinsed out and allowed to drain for a few minutes.

The washing is lepoatcd with distilled water, tho tnbes rins-

ed, allowed to drain, and finally dried in a bath at 100°C

The tubes arc to be allowed, to cool to the ordinary ternpe-

iJtnre befoic being used again.

TABLE I

Class

3

3

Division

J

Explosive Nature

"

Friable Nitro-glycerinc preparations from which the Nitro-

glycerine cannot conveniently be extracted by water.

Blasting Gelatine, and Analogous preparations

Cordite, Bdllistite and other propellant of Class 3, Division 1

Nitro-cellulose pulp, compressed Gun cotton

Nitro-collulose Propelldirts

temperature of

Heat Test Bath

'C

71.1

(160°FJ

71.1

(160°F)

71.1

(160°F)

76.7

(170°F)

76.7

ri7O°F)

Quantity of

Explosive Heat

Tested

3.2 grammes

3.2 grammes

+6.5 grammes

French chalk

1.6 grammes

1,3 grammes

1.3 grammes

Time

explosive

should

stand

the Test

min.

7

10

10

10

10

IV—Exudjtion and Liquefaction 'Test for Bldsling

Gelatine and analogous picpaMiions.

Test feu Liquefaction

A cylmdei of blasting gelatine is to be cut from the cai-

tndfie to be tested, Die length of the cylinder to be about

equal lo his diamelci and the ends being cut flat.

The cylinder is to be placed on end on a flat sin face with-

out any wrapper and seemed by a p;n passing

vertically

through its cenlre.

In this condition I he lylmder JS U> be exposed loj on-

hucdied and forty-four (144) consecutive hours (six days and

nights) to a temperature ranging ftom 29.4°O to 32.2"C and

during such evposuie the cylinder shall not diminish hi height

In more than one-fourth of its oiigindl height, and the

uppci cut smface shall retain its flatness and the sharpness of

its edge.

Note—If the blasting gelatine and gelatine dynamite to

bo tested cannot be made up in cylindrical form, the test

is to be applied with necessary modifications.

Test for Liability to Exudation

'lhcic shall be no scpaialiun fioni the general mats i>r

the blasting gelatine or gelatine dynamite of any nitro

glycerine or liquid nitio-coropound undei any conditions of

storage, transport or use, or when the mulerial Is subjected

Ihice times in succession to alternate freezing and thawing.

S17

or when aublected to the liquefaction test herein before d»i-

< ribed.

V—Picric Acid

(1) line material shall contain not more than 0.3 part 01

mineral or non-combustible matter in 100 parts by weight-

of the materinl dried at 71.1T (160°FJ.

(2) It should not contain more than a minute trace ot

lead.

(3) One hundied parts of the dry material shall not con-

tain more than 0.3 purt of total (free and combined) sul-

phuric acid, of which not more than 0.1 part shall be free

sulphuric acid.

(4) Its inching point should be

between 120°C and

122.8°C.

VI—Testing Chlorate Mixtures

The material must not be too sensitive and must show

no tendency to increase in sensitiveness on keeping.

The material must contain nothing liable to reduce the

chlorate.

Chlorides calculated as potassium chloride must not ex-

ceed 0.25 per cent.

The material must contain no free acid, or substance lia-

ble to produce free acid.

Explosives of this Class containing nitro-compounds will

be subject to the heat test as if they belonged to Class 3.

Note.—-These explosives will be considered too sensitive

if they can be exploded however, partially by means of a

glancing blow with a broom stick on soft wood such as

deal.

VII—P.E.T.N. PFNTA HRYTHR1TOL TETRANITR ATE

(A) Heat Test.—

If the sample is received dry, it is to be transferred to

a clean sheet of paper and mixed thoroughly in an atmos-

phere free from dust. Sample of moist PETN is to bo dried

prior to being heat tested by taking the same in a

tared

flat-bottomed dish and expose the dish and its contents in

a oven at a temperature not exceeding 60°C until constant

in weight.

1.3 grammes of the dry sample is cerefullj

transferred

to a heat test rube by means of the aluminium funnel. After

removal of the funnel the sample is to be collected at the

bottom of the tube by tapping with the fingers. It is then

to be heat tested at a temperature of 76.6"C and the time

the explosive should ntand the test, should be not less than

10. minutes,

(B) Other tests and requirements.—

(1) The PETN should be in the form of white crystals.

(2) It should be free from gritty particles, visible impuri-

ties and foreign matter.

(3) Melting point—The melting point of the PFTN should

be between 139°C and 142°C.

(4) Insoluble matter—The total insoluble matter in acetone

should not be more than 0.05 per cent.

(5) Volatile matter—Volatile matter fhonld not he more

than 0.15 per cent.

(6) Acidity—The acidity, calculated as HNoi, should not

exceed 0.01%.

(7) Alkalinity—The alkalinity,

calculated as

Na2Coi,

should not be more than 0.01^,,

(8) Nitrogen content—The nitrogen content should be

not less than 17 40% and not more thsn 17.80%,

APPENDIX T TO SCHEDULE III

Piepmation of Standard Tint Paper*

0.48 gramme of the finest >ellow ochre, 0.2 gramme of

uiw umber and 5 grammes of tine white gum arable, all

of which have been very linely ground in an agate mortar,

aie weighed into a stoppered, bottle of ibout 150 c.c. capacity

and 10U c.c. of water added. The whole is shaken in tho

told imtil the gum is dissolved. The suspension is then well

shaken and allowed to stand for one hour.

A stylogiaphic pen is then 'filled from the centre of the

suspension and with the aid of a rular, lines are drawn at a

steady pace across one side, of a sheet of filter paper to

Specification D, The sheet is then cut up into rectangular

strips 1 cm. broad by 2 cm. long, each with a line across

the middle perpendicular to tho length of the strip. The

breadth of the line must be not less thjn 0.5 mm. nor more

than 1 mm.

In order to maintain continuity as regards depth of tint

strips in which the tint does not correspond with that of the

scaled pattern nrc to be rejected.

APPENDIX II TO SCHEDULE ITI

Preparation and Testing of Heat Papers

PREPARATION

Potassium Todide :

The puicst potassium iodide obtainable commercially is

to be purified by triple rc-crystallisatinti from pure ethyl

alcohol, diluted by the addition of one-twentieth of its volume

of distilled water. The crystals arc to be kept as small as

possible, and are to be spread out on clean filter paper,

resting on a glass plate, and allowed to dry in the Jaik. When

dry, they are to be placed in a thin layer on the bottom of

j platinum crucible and heated to a dull red heat for one

minute over a spirit lamp burning pure alcohol. When cold,

the crystals are to be transferred to a brown glass stopptred

bottle from which the quantities required aie to be weighed

out.

The potassium iodide used for each batch of filter paper

is to be prepared ns above immediately before use.

Starch :

The starch used is to be best maize staich in the form

of cornflour. It K to be purified immediately before use by

washing six times by decantation with freshly distilled water.

Tt Is then to be placed on a porous plate of unglazed porce-

lain, allowed to diy in a warm atmosphere in the dark, and

stopped in a brown bottle from which the quantities required

are to be weighed out.

Preparation of the Dipping Solution :

220 c.c. of freshly distilled water arc to be placed in a

Jena glass flask and raised to boiling point over a spirit

lamp burning pure spirit. 3 grammes of the starch, prepared

as above, are to be suspended in 30 c.c. of distilled water

and the mixture poured into the 220 c.c. of boiling water,

with continuous shaking. The whole is to be kept boiling

gently, and shaken occasionally for 5 minutes. The solution

of starch so prepared i, to be added to a solution of 1

gramme of the purified potassium Iodide in 250 c.c. of freshly

distilled water, and the solution well mfted. The mixture is

to be stand overnight In a dark room. The following day,

the clear supernatent liquid is to be carefully syphoned off

and used immediately for dipping the neper.

If it is dosired to dip a large bath of paper, the foregoing

quantities may bo multiplied in or.lcr to obtain suffJclen*

solution.

Dipping the Pnpeis :

The dear potassium iodide and staich solution is to be

poured into a porcelain tray, which is to be kept exclusively

for this operation. Sheets of filter paper to Specification D

aie to be passed through it singly, so that all except 3 cm

at the end of the strip of paper, passes beneath the surface

of the liquid.

81S

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

The strip of paper is to be held above the tray by the dry

poition and a glass rod passed down each side to remove

ihc excess of solution. It is then to be suspended by the un-

dippened portion in a warm dark room, cupboaul, or oven

until diy.

It is advisable to nip ;i small piece, nut of Ihe edge of

each sheet 1,1 (he botmdiiiy line liet\ reen the v,'it Rnd dry

portion1! ;ts u tfuide in subsequent cutting.

Cutting iind Tiinmiinc the Test Pupoi :

In cutting and trimmliiK heat lest p.iper the operator is

to wear clean cotton glove •

When the sheets are dry they are to be trimmed by cutting

off the undipped end about 0.5 iim. below the edge of the

undipped pouion, 0.5 cm. strips are JISO exit fiom the other

three edges. The sheets me then ro be stored in amber-

coloured glass jars, kept in the dark.

When a butch of paper has been passed for issue the

sheets are to be cut up into rectangular pieces 1 cm., by 2 cm.,

and are to be issued in (his form.

All the above operations are to be carried cut in a building

specially reserved for

this work.

This

building is to be

protected from the direct access the sun's rays, and is, as

fir as possible, to be Kept dark.

Testing of Heat Test Paper by the Diffusion Test Appara-

tus and Materials reauired :—

No.

1. Acheson graphite

.

.

.

.

.

pieces, 1

2. Acid, Sulphuric, normal solution

A supply

3. Annulus aluminium

.

.

.

.

.

2

4. Cap, light-tightpaste board

.

.

.

1

5. Cylinder, glass, wilh rubber stopper

,

.

1

6. Cylinder, measuring 100 c.c.

.

.

.

1

7. Ferrous ammonium sulphate

.

.

. A supply

8. Jar, cylindrical, brown glass

.

.

.

1

'9. Pipette 10 c.c

1

10. Rod, stirring, glass

1

11. Sodium nitrite solution containing 1.76 gm.

A supply

in 1 litre

12. Stopper, rubber, with 4 platinum hooks

1

Application of the Test:

The solutions aie to he brought lo 15"C. bcfoic use.

2 RIamines of Icirous ammonium sulphate are weighed out

and placed in the glass j<ir, 90 c.c. of the noimal sulphuric

iitiJ added and solution effected by stirrinu with the glass

ioc>. The jar is then placed in a bath of water ut 15=C, and

must be kept at the tempeiature throughout the experiment.

7nc temperature of ihe aii should be 15"C to 17"C. 10 c.c.

of the sodium nitrite solution are then added by means of

the pipette and well stirred in. An allurninium annulus is

placed centrally over the mouth of the jar and the orifice

covered bv the graphite slab ; over this is placed a second

annulus. Good contact between surfaces Js to be ensured by

c\citinfi a slight p,essurc and twisting motion.

The glass cylinder with rubber stopper and light tight

cap arc then placed on the second annulus, pnd the assembled

apparatus is allowed to stand for 20 mici'iks. After the ex-

pirntion of the 20 minutes, the light tight cap and the glass

cylinder aic lemoved, the mbber stopper taken out of the

cylinder, and the cylinder waved several times through the

air. As soon as possible, four of the heat test papeis to be

tested are moistened with glycerine solution, placed on the

platinum hooks of the stopper, the stopper inserted in the

cylinder, and the cylinder and light ti?hl c.ip again placed

in position of the second nrmulus, and the time noted.

When the papers read by reflected light reach the standard

lint, the time is again noted: the diffiienee gives the time

of test. Standard tint papers to be t-enj by reflected light are

used for comparison.

The cylinder is Ihcn removed uncorked, waved ••evcral

times through the air, and a fresh set of papers i1) at once

put on for test. After four sets of tests have been made the

graphite slab must be heated to 200'C for 1 hour and

allowed to cool in an evacuated disiccator over potash for

at least Ifi hour before being used again.

A batch of papers is to be tested by carrying out Tour

consecutive tests of four papers on each of two day*.

SCHEDULE IV

(LTCENSTNG AUTHORITY)

Article

No.

1

l(a>

Kb)

Uc)

l(d)

2(a)

2fb>

3(fl)

3(b)

4

5(a)

Form

of

Licence

2

20

20

20

20

21

21

1 1

22

24

21

Purpose for which granted

3

To manufacture explosives other than fireworks, Gunpowder and ANFO at site.

To manufacture fireworks and Gunpowder upto 200 kgs. at a time

To manufacture Fireworks and Gunpowder more than 200 kgs. at a time

To manufacture ANFO explosives at site

To possess for sale explosives not exceeding 2000 kgs. of Class 1, 2. 3, 4 & 7 together

w ith explosives of Class 6.

To possess for sale explosives exceeding 2000 kgs. of Class 1, 2, 3. 4 & 7 and any quan-

tity of Class 5, 6 and 8.

To possess for use explosives not exceeding 2000 kgs. of Class 1, 2, 3, 4 & 7 together

wilh explosives of Class fi,

To possess for use explosives exceeding 2000 kgs. of Class 1, 2. 3, 4 & 7 and anv

quantity of Class 5, 6 and 8,

To possess and sell from .i shop small-arms nitro-compound not exceeding 25 kg. or

fireworks not exceeding 100 kgs. of Class 7 Division 2 sub-division 2, 1000 kgs. of

Class 7 Division 2 sub-division J and safety use not exceeding 10,000 metres.

To possess for use by cultivators Class 2 and/or Class 3 explosives not exceeding 2.5

kg, electric or ordinary detonators not exceeding 5 numbers and safety fuse

not

exceeding 10 metres.

Authority empowered to grant

4

Chief Controller

Controller of Explosives

Chief Controller

Controller of Explosives

Controller of Explosives

Chief Controller

Controller of Explosives

Chief Controller

Controller of Explosives

District Authority

819

1

5(b)

S(c)

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

2

23

23

27

28

26

25

29

Special

3

To possess for use small-arms nitro-compound not exceeding J kgs. in the State of

Kerala

To possess for use gunpowder not exceeding 5 kgs. and safety fuse not exceeding 50

metres in the State of Bihar, Kerala and West Bengal.

To import explosives

To export explosives

To transport explosive*

For road Van

For Public Display of Fireworks

To manufacture explosives not provided in Article 1.

4

Distrcit

Authority

District Authority

Chief Controller

Chief Controller

Chief Controller

Chief Controller

Controller

Chief Controller

SCHEDULE V—tORMS

FORM I

Test Certificate for Eiploirvti

(See rules 28 and 34 of Explosives Roles 1981)

f

Certified that samples of the explosives of the description given below have been tested and have passed the tests

set

forth in Schedule lit as applicable to such explosive and intlie case of explosives of the 1st Division of 3rd (Nitro-

compound) or 4th (Chlorate Mixture) clasies, that there are no signs of liquefaction or of excluded nltro-glycerine or

liquid nitro-compound.

Name and address of

•Importer

Consignor

Description

of

Explosives

Numberjaf packages j Date of manufacture

& batch Number

referred to in rule

9(2)

Actual time taken

in Heat Test for

tint to appear

Remarks

This certificate is valid for tweiv* months only that if to say it expires on the ....,

day of

19

provided that, in caie of nitro-glycerine compounds which are not used as propellents, it shall expire on the 31st day of

July following.

Date :

Signature of Testing Officer.

Pin™ •

Desianatlon

*Nam« of importer in case of import, and consignor in case of transport.

FORM—2

(See rule 24 of Explosives Rules 1981)

Declaration to be made by the Master of a Ship carrying explosives before entering a port or by the ship's agent.

1. Nam» of ship

2. Date of Arrival at

Port

Description of explosives

Date of manufacture, batch No. Total quantity

Quantity to be land-

Remarks

and other distinguishing marks \ carried in the ship J H- ed at port

on cases

— «

r

Kg.

Cases

Kg.

Cases

~~ n a t e .

Signature of Master/Agent of Ship.

FORM t3

Application for grant or amendment of licence to manufacture explosives

j

on

behalf of

apply for grant of licence/amendment of

licence No

to manufacture explosives. I give full particulars below and enelose other documents as required,

The replies to be written in this column,

1. Name in which llcenceis required to be granted (see notes below)

2. Status

Individual

Company

Society

3. Age

/

(sec notes below)

4. Postal address

Pin Code No

Telephone No

Telegraphic Address

Telex

97 GI/81—16

820

THE GA2ETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(IJ]

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

Qualifications and experience of applicant and the technical per- ..

sonnel employed by him. (Give Individual details and

attach

separate sheet if required)

Situation of the premises :

State

District

Town or village

Survey No.

Police Station

Railway Station or Steamer Ghat

, Explosives proposed to be manufactured

Class

Division (if any)

Name and description

, ..

Annual Capacity of the manufacturing plant

. .

Quantity of explosives present at any one time in the manufacturing

plant

Quantity of explosives proposed to be manufactured In one day

Has the process been approved by Chief Controller

If yes, please give approval letter No, and date

Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered

to

execute bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Procedure

1973, during the last 10 years.

If yes, please given details

. . . .

(a) Parrlculirs of other licenses under Explosives Act 1884, If any

held by the applicant during last 10 years.

(b) Was any licence cancelled/not renewed?

(«) If yes, give details

. . . .

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

i

No

11. Additional information, if any

I hereby certify that the above particulars given by me are correct.

Signature of applicant,.

.

,

(Authorised person in

case of a Company)

Full Name

Address ., ..

Date

Notes :—

1. In case where application is made In the name of a Company, the names and addresses of Directors and Partners and the name address

and specimen signatures of person or persons authorised to sign correspondence m respect of licence applied for should be oi'ven nn n

separate sheet and enclosed with this application from.

Any change in the above information should be immediately communicated to the licensing authority and authority renewlnn

the licence.

'

•

2. Age to be given in case the applicant Is an individual

3, Please attach the following to application:-

(a) Plans of the proposed buildings and the site drawn to scale. Site plan should show full approach road net work to the factory.

(b) A description of situation, character and construction of all mounds, buildings (production, non-production, stores administrative

etc) and the safety distances observed.

i»««»™uavire

(c) A description of plant and equipment and its location provided In each building and part thereof

(d) A description of process/work to be carried out In each building or part thereof.

(e) A description of explosives and Ingredients thereof, whether wholly or partially mixed, that will be present m anv buildina or

machine at any one time.

v

* UH«UWB W

(0 A description of maximum number of persons to be employed in each building.

(g) A description of any special constructions or provisions which the applicant may propose by reason of special circumstances

arising from the I J : ion, situation or construction of any building or works, or the nature of process or otherwise.

821

FORM—4

Application for grant or amendment of licence to posseia and toll explosives

j

onbehalfof

, .apply for grant of a licence/amendment of lfconof

No

for possession and sale of explosives. I give below full particulars and enclose other documenti

as required.

Replies to be written in this column

1. Name in which licence is required to be granted

• • -

(see notes below).

2. Status

Individual

Company

Society.

3. Age

'

(see notes below)

4 Postal Address

• •

•

•

. . .

Pin Code No.

Telephone No.

.

.

Telegraphic Address

. .

.

. . . .

. . .

Telex

• •

5. Qualifications and experience of applicant and the technical personnel

.

employed by him (Give individual details and attach separate sheet If

.

.

. . . . :

required).

6 Situation of premises-

State

• •

' •

District

Town or village

• • •

•

Survey No.

•

—

Police Station

•

Railway Station or Steamer Ghat

7. Explosives proposed to be possessed and sold.—

Name & Description

Cla»s

Division

Quantity

(if any)

to

00

(Hi)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

g Are the premises attached to a factory licensed to manufacture explo-

' gives? If so, please give the licence number

9. Have the premises previously been licensed?

••

• J

'

—

•—,

If yes, please give —

(0 previous Ucenco No.

•

•

(li) Name and address of previous licensee.

..

.

•

*

(iii) Reasons for cancellatlon/non-renewal of previous licence

..

.

..

• • •.

<

in Hu the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to exe-

•[

—

cuto ttnV " p o d u n d l u' Cia-Vtar VHt of Code of Criminal Procedure

Yes

|

No

1973, during the la« 10 yeats. If yei, please g ) w etall«

'

'

822

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(I)]

11. (a) Particulars of other licenses, if any. under Explosives Act 1884,

held by the applicant during the last 10 years.

(b) Was any licence cancelled/not renewed.

—

_ _ _ _

—

Yes

No

(c) If yes, give details

12. Additional information, if any.

I hereby certify that the information given above is correct.

p a t e

Signature of applicant.

(Authorised person in case of Company)

Full name

Address

Notes—(11 In case where application is mtide in the nameo£ ;[ Company, the names and addresses of Directors and

Partners and the name, address and specimen signatures of pen on or persons authorised to sign correspondence in res-

pect of licence applied' for should be given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.

Any change in the above information

should be im- mediately communicated to the lipensing

authority

and

authority renewing the licence.

(2) Age to be given in case the applicant is an" individual.

(3) Please attach the following to i pptication—

(a) Site plan of the proposed premises. The plan should be drawn to scale and show full approach road not

work to the premises, nearby land marks, and safety distances from nearest protected works.

(b) Plans showlne construction details of tho building mounds, lightening conductors etc.

FORM 5

Application for grant or amendment of licence to possess explosives for use

I

on behalf of

apply for grant of licence/amendment of licence No

to p assess explosives for use. The required particulai s are given below and the necessary documents are enclosed.

Replies to be written in this column.

1. Vfame in which licence is required to be granted

see notes below)

2. Status

Individual

Company

Society

3. Age

(see notes below)

4. Postal Address

Pin Code No.

Telephone No.

Telegraphic Address

Telex

5. Qualifications and experience of applicant and the technical personnel

employed, by him (Give individual details and attach separate sheets if

required).

6. Situation of premises for storage—

State

District

Town or village

Survey No.

Police Station

Railway Station or Steamer Ghat.

7. Explosives proposed to be stored for use.-

833

7. Explosives proposed to be stored for u s e -

Name & Description

Class

Division

Quantity

(if any)

(I

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

8. Where the premises previously licensed?

.—~~~

Yes

No

If yes, please give—

(i) Previous licence No.

(ii) Name and address of previous licensee.

(iil) Reasons for cancellatlon/non renewal of previous licence.

9. Explosives proposed to be used per day-

Name & Description

Clasi

Division

Quantity

10. Details of site where explosives will be used.

11. Distance of site where the explosives will be used from the storage

premises mentioned in item 6.

12. Mode of transport of explosives.

13. Licence No. of Road Van, if used.

14 Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to exe-

-

' cute any bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Procedure

Yes

No

1973, during the last 10 years. If yes, please give details.

——• •- - •

— — — —

—

15. (a) Particulars of other licenses if any, under Explosives Act, 1884,

_

held by the applicant during the last 10 years.

(b) Was any licence cancelled/not renewed?

- —

^

1 • "

~^

:

-~-^.

,

1

,——, ,

_**

^ — -

(c) If yet.give details

•

16. Additional information, if any.

Thereby certify that the information given above is correct.

D a t e

Signature of applicant

(Authorised person in case of Company)

Full name

Address

.'

Note:—(1) In case where application is made in the name of a Company, the name and address of Directors and Partners and the

name, address and specimen signatures of person or persons authorised to sign correspondence in respect of licerice applied

for should be given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.

Any change in the above information should be immediately communicated to the licensing authority and authority

renewing the licence.

(2)

Age to be given in case the applicant is an individual.

(3)

Please attach the following to the application :—

(a) Plans of the proposed building and site should bo drawn to scale. The site plant should show full approach road net

work to storage premises and observed safety distances,

(b)

Site plan of the area where explosives will be used. The plan should show-complete approach road net work , nearby

land marks, distances .from nearest protected works etc.

824

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

FORM 6

Application by a Cultivator for gram of a licence to possess explosives for own use for agricultural purposes

I, hereby apply for n licence to passjss explosives as mentioned below in connection with removal of tree stumps/level ling of grounU/-

diggina of new wjll/doep^nina of existing wall situated in my own agricultural Hold, A certificate No

dated

from

as required under sub-rule (7) of rule 15J of the Explosives Rules 1981,

is also enclosed.

Replies to be given in this column

1. Name of the applicant.

:

2. Age of the applicant

3. Rjsidjntial address of the applicant

4. Location of the agricultural field of the applicant

Survey No.

Address

5. Mode of storage.

6. Location of the premises where the explosives shall be stored.

7. Quantity of explosives proposed to be stored.

(i) Gun Powder

;

(ii) Nitrate Mixture

(iii) Nitro-compound

(iv) Safety Fuse

(v) Electric Detonators

:

(vi) Ordinary Detonators

8. Particulars of the licence obtained by the applicant for agricultural

purposes during last two years.

(a) Has the applicant been convicted under any law or ordered to

—

—

• — —

.. -

exocuto a bond under Chapter VTO of Code of Criminal Proce-

Yes

No

durc 1973, during the last ten years?

„_:

.—

(b) If yes, give details

10. (a) Particulars of licence hsld by the applicant under Explosives Act,

J 884, during the last 10 years.

(b) Wasany licence been cancelled/not

renewed?

•

—•

•

————

Yes

No

(c) If yes, give details

11. Any other information

I cortify that the information given by me above is correct. I also attach a certificate from

as required under

the rules.

Signature of the applicant

Date of application

Note: The applicant should attach site plan and construction plan of the premises where the cwlOj-JvesshoJi b* stored.

825

FORM?

Application for grant of a licence for a Road Van

I

on behalf of

apply for grant of a licence for Road Van. The required particulars

are given bslow and the necessary documents arc enclosed.

Replies to given in this column

1. Name in which licence is required to be granted

(see note below)

2. Status

Individual

Company

Society

3. Age

(see note below)

4. Postal address of applicant

Pin Code No.

.,.,

Telephone No.

Telegraphic address

Telex

5. Address of the premises where the vehicle is to be normally kept.

6. Explosives to be carried

7. Places between which the vehicle will ply.

8. (a) Will the vehicle b: used for carrying explosives to site and used

—

for blasting.

Yes

,

No

(b) If yes, give details of area of operation

9. (a) Description of vehicle

Make

Registration No,

Engine No.

Chassis No.

(b) Oross Vehicle weight rating.

Kgs

(c) Weight of unloaded vehicle.

Kgs.

(d) Tyres

Size

Ply rating

Maximum individual tyre load i?Ji cold

Number

inflation pressure

Front

Kg. &

Rear

Kg. ffl

Total maximum load =t Total maximum individual tyre load x number -

10. Description of other fittings on the vehicle,

11. Carrying capacity permitted by Regional Transport Authority.

12. (a) His the appllcint been convicted under any offence or ordered to

.

—

—

cxezute a bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Proce-

Yes

No

duro 1973, during the last 10 years.

—

— . .

.

_

(b) If yes, give details.

13. (a) Pirtfculars of any licence held by the applicant under Explosives

Act 1884, during last 10 years.

(b) Was any Iics'.ice cmcelled/not rcn wed.

.__

.

.— „__

Yes

No

(c) If yes, give details

,

Front

Rear

Size

Ply rating

Maximum individual tyre load i?Ji cold

inflation pressure

• Kg. &

Kg. m

Number

826

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PAKT H—SEC. 3(1)]

14. Additional information if any

I cortlfy that the Inforaution giv»n abavs is c:>croct and that evjry driver of this vehicle shall be instructed in relevant provision of

the Act and rules made thereunder.

Date

Signature of applicant

(Authorised person in case of Company)

Name in full

Addreis

Note,—(1) In caie where application i« made in the name

of a company, the names and addressea of Directors and

partners and the name, address and specimen signatures of

person or person authorised to sign the correspondence in

respect of licence applied for should be given on a separate

•heet and enclosed with this application form.

Any change in the above information

should be im-

mediately communicated to the licensing

authority

and

authority renewing th© licence.

(2) Age to be given in ca«e the applicant is an individual.

(3) The applicant should submit plans of the road van

showing complete construction details, fittings, and safety

devices. Full details of additional equipmentsyfltttngs in the

vehicle should also be clearly shown.

(4) Total maximum load must equal or exceed Gross vehi-

cle weight rating.

FORM S

Application for grant or amendment of licence to transport explonves

I

on behalf of

apply for grant of a licence/amendment of licence No

totransport explosives, The pirtlclilars are given below and other documents are enclosed as required.

Replies to bo given in this column.

1. Name of the applicant

K

(see note below)

2. Applicant's postal address

Pin Code No.

Telephone No.

Telegraphic Address

Telex

3. Particulars of licence granted under Explosives Rules, held by the

applicant from where the explosives will be transported.

Licence No,

fOr possession

for sale/use.

Situation of premises

Licensed capacity-

Name of explosives

Class •

! . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . ,

Division, if any

Quantity

[[

Date upto which the licence is valid

4. Particulars of place to which the explosives will be transported.

5. Mode of transport

(a) Does the applicant holds any licence for Road Vans.

— - •

—— | ^ ~

— _ ^ ^ _ .

„

Yes

j

No

(b) If yes. please give details

6. (a) Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to — -—-—.

—

„

execute bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Procedure

Yes

\

No

I

1973, during last ten years7

..-

„_„.

_ _ _ '

.

|

(b) If yes, please give details

826/1

any. held by the applicant during la5t ten yea/,

'

• / "

(b) Wis any licence cancelled/not renewed.

'

'' JJJ^^^'J^1^^_

Yes

No

(c) If yes, give details

8. Additional information, if any

I certify that the particulars given by me are correct. ~

~~ ~

~

~

—

—

—

~

~

Signature of applicant

Date

(Authorised person In case of a Company)

Name in full

Address

name add™ S

, " " ? * m t b e n a m e o f tt « « * « * . the name and addresses of Directors and Peitnets erd the

for should h* «*, V.T°

e" s l g n a ^ r e s °f Pewon or persons authorised to sign correspondence in respect of licence *ppHed

tor should be given on a separate 3heet and enclosed with this application fcrm.

reneWingy

thHic?nce *** "

^ i n f o n n a t i o n ^°uld be immediately communicated to the licensin8 authority and authority

(2) Ago to be given In case the gppllcant is an individual.

FORM 9

Application for Shotflrer's Permit

I hereby apply for a Shortflrer's Permit under Explosives Rules—

Replies to be given In this column:

J. Nano of applicant in full

2. Age of applicant

3. Postal Addr«w

Hn Codo

Telephone No.

4. Qualification and «xperlence of applicant.

I certify that the above particulars are true and correct,

(Signature of applicant)

Date of application

Note:— Please enclosed certified copies of certificates showing Date of birth, Educational qualifications and experience

FORM 10

Application for grant of licence to Import explosive!

1

on behalf of

apply for grant of a licence under Explosives Rules 1981, to import

explosives and furnish the following particulars:—

I. Name in which licence is required.

(see note below)

1. Status

Individual

Company

97 GI/81—17

826/2

THE .GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SBC. 3(i)]

3. Postal address

Pin Code No.

Telephone No.

Telegraphic Addresi

Telex

4. Explosives proposed to be Imported at a time.

Name & Description

pass

Division

Quantity

(if any)

5. Are the explosives to bo imported authorised explosive*.

I

•

,

——

I

Yes

|

No

6. Name and address of the manufacturer of explosives to bo imported

7. licence particulars of the premises whore explosives will be stored:—

Lfcencee

Licence No. & Form

Validity of Licence

Address of premises Quantity to be stored

8. Port or place of Import

9. Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to

—

•

•

•

<—•

execute any bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Procedure

Yes

No

1973, during the last 10 years?

.

•

If yei, please give details.

10. (a) Particulars of other licences, If any, under Exploslvos Act, 1884,

held by the applicant during the last 10 years.

(b) Was any licence cancelled/not-renewed?

.

1

•

Yes

'

No

|

(c) If yej, give details.

11. Additional Information, if any

I certify that th» information given above is correct.

Signature of Applicant

(Authorised Person in case of company)

Namo in full

Date

Address

Not«:~• In case whve application is made in the name of a company, the naraos and address of Directors and Partners and the namo,

address and specimen signatures- of person or ponon authorised to sign correspondence in respect of licence applied for should

b* given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form-

Any ohange in the above information should be immediately communicated to the licensing authority and authority rene-

wing tbo licence.

826/3

FORM 11

Application for grant of lloence to export explosives

I

on behalf

apply for grant of a licence under Expolslves 1981, to export explosive*.

The necessary particulars are furnished below:—

Replies to bo riven In this ooluma.

1. Name in which licence is required

(see note below)

2. Postal Address

Pin Code No.

Telephone No.

Telegraphic Address

Telex

3. Particulars of licence/i granted under Explosive* Rules, held by the

applicant

Lioenqe No

for possession and sale of oxplosivei.

Situation of promise*

Licensed capacity

Name of Exp Iosives

Class

Division, if any

Quantity

,

4 Quantity of explosives to b« exp ortod.

' Nam« & Description

Clasi

Division

Quantity

if any

(I)

00

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

J. Nanw and address of consignor

6. Place or port from whloh explosives will be exported.

7. Name of the ship carrying explosives and likely date of tailing.

8. Quantity of each explosives to be loaded on the ship-

9. Transport lloence No. held by applicant,

:

10 (a) Has the applicant beon oonvloted under any offence or ordered i

f

i

to execute bond under Chapter VIII of Code of Criminal Procc-

Yes

)

No

dure 1973, during the last ten yean.

I

—"

••-•• • • >

(b) If yes, givedetails.

11. (a) Particulars of other license* under Explores Act 1884 , held by

the applicant during last ten years,

(b) Wa» any licence oancelled/not renewed.

Yes

'

No

'

826/4

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

(o) If yes, give details.

*2, Additional information, if any

I certify that the above particulars given by me are correct.

Pate

Signature of applicant

(Authorised person in case of a company)

Name in full

Address

Noto.—In case where application is made in the name of a company, the names and addresses of Directors and Part-

ners and the name, address and specimen signatures of person or

persons authorised

to sign correspondence in respect

of licence applied for should be given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.

Any change in the above information should be immediately communicated to the

licensing

authority

nnd

authority

rtnewina the licence.

FORM 12

Application forgrant of a licence for Public Display of Fireworks

I

on behalf of

apply for a liceioe under the Explosives Rules 1981, for possession and

use of Public Display Fireworks. The necessary particulars arc given below and required documents are enclosed.

Replies to be given in this column

1. Name In which liconce ii required to bo granted

(see note below)

2. Age

(see note below)

3. Postal Address

Pin Code No.

Telephone No.

Telegraphic Address

Telex

4. Qualification and experience of the applicant and competent persona

employed by him.

_

5. Name, qualifications and experience of the persons supervising the

display.

6. Description of fireworks to be used.

"

7. (a) From whom the fireworks will be obtained

Name

'

Address

Form & Licence No. held

,

Validity of licence

(b) Address and licence No. of tho place where fire works will be

stocked.

8. Description of fireworks to bo displayed.

9. Time of display and address of the place where the display will be held

10. (a) Has the applicant been convicted under any offence or ordered to*

exeoute any bond under Chapter VTH of Code of Criminal Pro-

~

ceduro 1973, during the last ten years?

I

Yes

,

No.

I

1

_ '

(b) If yos, give details

826/5

11. (a) Particulars of any licence under the Explosives Act 1884, and the

rules framed thereunder held by the applicant during last ten

yean.

(b) Was any licenoe eanoelled/not renewed?

I——

_____—..

,

• •••

J

Yea

No

(c) If yes, give detaili.

12. Additional information, if any.

I oertify that the Information given above i» correct.

Signature of applicant

(Authorised person in case of a company)

Date

Name in full

Address

Ncte: (1) In case where application is made in the name of a company, the namas and address of Directors and Partners and the name,

address and ipa-imen signatures of person or pers JUS authorised to sign aorrospondenco in respect of licence applied for shoulJ

be given on a separate sheet and enclosed with this application form.

Any change in the abovt information should be immediately oorntnuaicated to the licensing authority and authority

renewing the licence.

(2) Age to be given in case the applicant is an individual.

(3) Separata sheet may be att-ohed if the spac^ given io the form is not sufficient.

FORM 13

Application for Renewal of licence

From:

To:

Dear Sir.

I/We hereby-apply tor renewal of licence No

in form

for the period from

to

and furnish the following information—

During the last two years—

(0 I was/we were—

(a) not convicted/convicted and sentenced for

for following offences

Cb) not ordered/ordered to execute under Chapter VIII

of Code of Criminal Procedure 1973. a bond for

keeping peace or for good behaviour.

(ii) Licence No

In Form

granted under Explosives Act to me/us were can-

celled/not renewed by the licensing authority.

I/We also enclosed the following documents—

(i) Licence No

in Form

together with approved plans and schedules.

(U) Renewal fee of Rs

by caah/

P.O. No

/Bank draft No

on

Bank

Branch, drawn in favour of

,

Signature of Liconsee

(Authorised person in case of

company)

Date of application

Place:

Note.—The complete renewal application should reach the

renewal authority at least thirty days before the expiry data

of licence, to avoid payment of late fees. The licence will

expire if no renewal application is rtreived on or befor.

the expiry date.

FORM 14

Statement to be submitted to the Chief Controller of Explosives by an importer on despatch of explosive, from the place or

port of loading [see rule 23 (a) of the Explosives Rules 1981.]

Importers

Import licence No. Import licence Name

& Name and Place

or

Name of ship/ Place or

Likely dato"

Name and

granted by Central No. granted by address of address of

portofdes- Airlines and port of im- of arrival

address

Govt.,

kinds and Chief Controller the manufa- consignor

patch

date of sail-

port

quantities of

ex- under Explosi- cturer of

ing/Air lift

plosives permitted to ves Rules and

explosives

be imported and date date of expirty of

of expiry of the

licence

licence

826/6

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

Kind and quantities of explosives on the Ship/aircraft

Name and Description

Class & Division

Date of

Bateh No.

Quantity

No. of packages

manufacture

Signature of Importer

(Authorised person In case of a company)

Date:

Name in full

Place:

Address

FORM 13

Importer's despatch Schedule tsee rule 23 (b) of the Explosives Rules 1981)

This form should be filled up as soon as any consignment of explosives is cleared from the place or port of import and for-

warded in triplicate to Chief Controller of Explosives.

Name & Address Import licence No. Description Name and Name

&

Quantity of Place or Port Name of

Date

of

of importer

granted

by

Chief of exploit-

addiess of

address of explosives

from which ship or Air- arrival and

Controller and date ves

manufac-

consignor

Imported

explosives

lines

place or port

of expiry of licence

turer of ex-

were

of import

plosives

forwarded

Particulars of despatch from place or port of import

Name &

Licence No.

Quantity Of explosives despatched

Batch No.

Date of

Mode of

Road Van

Address of

and Form

—

•——•——

•

and dnte

despatch

despatch

Licence No.

licensee

Name &

Class &

Quantity

No. of

if despatched

description" Division

packages

byroad

Signature of Importer

(Authorised agent in

caw of company)

Name In full

Date :

Address

Place:

FORM 16

[Form of Pass — See Rule 32(2) of Explosives Rules 1981]

Pass granted by the holder Of Transport Licence (Explosives) for transport of A consignment of explosive*.

1. No

2. This Pass coven

packages containing following explosives :

Name & Description.

Class

Division If ftny Quantity

No. of packages

Batch No. and

date

(0

(ii)

(111)

(iv)

(v)

(vl)

While in transit

from

to

3. The explosives are being transported by rail/road Van No

having licence No

valid

till

/Lorry No

/other non-mechanlcally propelled

vehicles.

826/7

4. Name and address of consignee

5. No.- and Form of Consignee's licence No.

6. Consignee's order No. and date and quantity of each explosive ordered

7. Consignee's letter No. and date Intimating readiness to receive

explosives.

8. Date of despatch of consignment

9. Approximate date on which consignment should reach Its

destination.

Signature

Holder of Transport Licence No.

FORM 17

ISee Rule 156(1) of Explosives Rules 1981]

Distance required to be kept clear around Magazine/Store house/Factory Distance around the Magazine/Store house/Factory pre-

mises proposed to be licensed for storage/manufacture of

Kg. of explosives to be kept clear* from the under-

mentioned building and works;

Buildings and Works

Distance required to be kept clear' Distances actu-

Remarks

not less than

ally observed

(to be filled

Mounded

Unmounded

by applicant)

2(a)

2(b)

'

1

2

3

4

T

Metres

Metres

1. Room or workshop used in connection with the magazine.

2. Any other explosive magazine or store house or factory of

the applicant.

3. Magazine office.

4. Magazine Keeper's or Chowkidar*s dwelling house.

5. Railway including mineral & private Railway.

6. Canal (In activo use) or other navigable water.

7. Dock or Pier or Jetty.

8. Public high-way or Public roads.

9. Private road which is a principal means ofaccess to a temple,

mosque, church, gurudwara or other places of worships, hospital,

college, school or factory.

10. River embankment or sea embankment or Public well.

11. Reservoir or bunded tank/rope way.

12. Dwelling house

13. Govt. & Public building

14. Temple, mosque, gurudwara, church or other place of wor-

ship.

15. Shops, market place, public recreation & sports ground.

College, School, hospital, theatre, cinema or other buildings,

where the public are accustomed to assemble.

16. Factory

17. Buildings or works used for the storage in bulk of petroleum

spirit, gas or other inflammable or hazardous substances.

18. Buildings or works used for the storage and manufacture of

j

explosives or of articles which contain explosives.

19. Aerodrome.

20. Furnace, Kiln or chimney.

21. Quarry or mine pit head

22. Power house or electric sub-station.

23. Wireless Station.

24. Warehouse or other storage buildings.

25. Elec. power over head Transmission lines above 440 V.

26. Eleo. Power over head Transmission lines below 440 V.

Certified that I liave personally cnecKea tne replies given aoove ana mat iney are a true statement ol *.ne surroundings of the

-premises.

Signature of Applicant

(Authorised person in case of a company)

Uttt0

Postal Address

•The distance will be required to- beitept dear not merely on the first establishment of the premises, but during the continuance

of the licence.

82(?/8

T H E GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II-SEC. 3(i)]

FORM 18

Distances to be maintained from magazine/store house/factory

[See Rule 156(3) of the Explosives Rules 1981]

Distance to be kept clear around the magazine/factory/store

house during currency of licence No.

(

) in form

granted to

Distance to be maintained by the magazine/factory/storo

house.

1

2

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

1

1

1

(

t

1

16. I

17. I

f

c

c

1

From Every

1

Room or workshop used

In connection with th«

magazine.

Any other explosive ma-

gazine or store of licen-

see.

Magazine office.

Magazine

Chowkldar's

dwelling house.

Railway including miner-

al & private Railway.

Canal (In active use) or

other navigable water.

Dock or Pier or Jetty.

Public high-way or Public

roads.

Private road which 1» a

principal means of access

to a temple, mosque

church, gurudwara or

other places of worships,

hospital, college, school

or factory.

River embankment or sea

embankment or public

well.

Reservoir or

bunded

tank/rope way.

Dwelling house

Govt, & Public building.

Temple, mosque, guru-

Iwara, church or other

places of worship.

Shops, market place, pub-

lic recreation or sports

pound, college, school,

lospital, theatre, cinema

sr other buildings where

he public are accustomed

o assemble.

factory.

luildings or works used

or the storage in bulk

)f petroleum spirit, gas or

ther inflammable or

azardous substances.

Not less than metres

2

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

2J.

26.

1

Building or works used

for the storage and manu-

facture of explosives or

of articles which contain

explosives.

Aerodrome.

Furnace, kiln or chimney

Quarry or mine pit head

Power house or electric

sub-station.

Wireless station

Warehouse or other stor-

age buildings.

Elec. power over head

Transmission lines above

440 V.

Elec. Power over head

Transission lines below

440 V.

2

Distance will be required to be kej. t clear not merely on the

first establishment of the premises but during the continuance

of the licence.

For Chief Controller of Explosives

Controller of Explosivei

FORM 19

FORM OF INDEMNITY BOND

To

The President of India.

I/We

carrying on business as

manufacturer(s)

of fireworks and/or gunpowder and having a factory or shop

at

and I/We of

„

iureties on his/their behalf hereby jointly and »everally agflse

and undertake that we shall pay to the President of India,

his successors and assigns on demand a sum of Rs

for which payment to be well and truely

made we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors,

administrators and assigns. I/We agree that the aforesaid

amount may be utilised for the payment of compensation

awarded to the dependents of such workers as may die ai a

result of accidents occurlng in the factory or shop above

mentioned and that such compematlon amounts shall be a

first charge on the immovable properties mentioned in the

Schedule hereunder and that tb© above undertaking shall

remain in force until all compensation payable hereunder

have been fully paid and ihall be binding upon us, our res-

pective heirs, executon, administrators and assigns.

We, our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns jointly

and severally undertake to keep the President of India in-

demnified against all claims that may be made on behalf of

workers dying as a result of accidents. In case the compen-

sation awarded is paid to the dependants by us or by our

heirs, executors, administrators and assigns the above written

bond shall be void but otherwise it ihall remain In full force

and virtue.

It is hereby anreed that the liability of the sureties here-

•under shall not be discharged by reason of time being granted

or any other indulgence shown to the Principal^) nor shall

it be necessary for th© President of India to sue the Prind-

pal(s) before suing the sureties for the amounts due here-

under.

826/9

SCHEDULE ABOVE REFERRED TO

(Hero full description of the Immovable properties should

be given).

In witness whereof these presents have been duly executed on

the

day of

19

Full signature of Licensee

'

Father's name- in full

Ago

Profession

Residence

Full signature of Surety

Father'* name in full

Ago

Profession

Residence

Full Sign" hire of Surety

Father's name in full

Age

Profession

Residence

-

Station

Executed in my presence

Date

District Magistrate

FORM 20

[Article I(a}-(d) of Schedule IV]

Licence to manufacture Explosives

No.

FeeRs

(per year)

Licence is hereby granted to

valid only for the manufacture of

at any one

time/per year at the premises described below subject to the pro-

visions of Explosives Act, 1884 as amended from time to time

and the rules framed thereunder and to the conditions of this

licence,

This licence shall remain valid till 31st day of March 19

This licence is Hable to be suspended or revoked for any

violation of the Act or rules framed thereunder or the conditions

of this licence or if the licensed premises are not/ound conform-

ing to tho description shown in the attached plans and

Annexures.

Description of the licensed premises

The licensed premises shown in plan Nos

attached hereto are situated at

District

and consist of

Chief Controller of Explosives

97 GI/8I—18

Endorsement for renewal of licence

Date of renewal

Date of expiry

Signature of Hcwitiiit

authority

Coadltto**

(l)(a) Details of construction of mounds, buildings and

vyorks connected with the factory are given in Aanexure 1

attached to the licence.

(b) The process to be carried out in each building/par*

of the factory, the limitation* at to the description I M

amount of explosives, ingredient! and article* liable to ipoa-

taneous ignition or inflammable or otherwise dangerous to bt

allowed in .each building and the maximum number of 1h»

persons to be employed in each building are given in Anne-

xure II attached to the licence.

(2) The materials as manufactured ihall be removed with-

out delay to the next proceij building or packing ibed at tt»

case may be.

(3) No change in the manufacturing process or the sequence

of the operations or the operations carried out in each build-

ing or plant and equipments used for the process shall ba

carried out without prior approval of the-licensing authority.

(4) No work not directly connected with the manufacture of

explosives as specified in the process shall be carried on is

any part of the factory.

(5) The interior of the compartments of the building*, la

which explosives are manufactured or handled and the fitting*

therein (other than machinery) ahull be so constructed or to

lined and covered as to prevent the exposure of any Iron

or steel, or the detaching of any grit, iron, iteel or similar

substance, in such manner as to come In contact with any

explosives. The interior of such compartments shall be kept

clean and free from grit.

(6) All machinery in the factory premise* (hall be pro-

perly and efficiently earthed.

(7) No additions and alterations shall be carried out in th«

licensed premises without a previous sanction In writing tjfl

the licensinR authority. Such additions and alterations 10

sanctioned shall be shown in the amended plan attached to

the licence.

(8) If the HcensInR authority or a Controller of Explosive*

cfilh upon the holder of the licence by notice In wWHna to

execute fnv repairs or to make anv ndditlonn or alterations

to the licensed premises or machinery, tools or apnnratus

which are in the opinion of such authority necessary for the

safety of the oremlsei or of the persons working in the fa©-

torv. the holder of the licence shall execute the repairs,

additions or alterations within the period specified by rach

authority.

(9) Before repairs are done to anv buildlnir or part thereof

in the factory the same sba1!. ss far ft* practicable, be defined

hv thr removal of all explosives or mixed Ingredients thereof

find bv tho<-oueh washino, and after »>uch cleaning tr»" COIKH-

tlofii of thi« licence nhail cease to amply to such building or

part thereof until the same Is again brought into use.

(10) Due provisions shall be made, by the use of nrftibte

working rflothes without pockets, suitable shoes, and by

le^rchfnff or otherwise or by such means, for preventing the

introduction Into danger area of the factory premise* of

fire, luclfer matches or any substance or article likely tt>

ennse exnios'on or fire, but thin eondlt'on nhsil not prevent

the introduction of an artificial HRht of iuch coiwtni'-tiofl,

position or character as not to cause any danger of fire or

exnlo?Ion.

(11) The licensee shall, at his own exoeme. provide for the

sure custody of the factory a puard which ihall be of »wh

strength ai the District Authority may consider to ha i n *

cient.

856/10

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II-SBC. 3(i)]

02) The licensee shall keep records and accounts of all

explosives manufactured and of all stocks in hand in form 31

& 32 and exhibit the stock books and records to any of the

qfQper+ authorised under rule 179 of Explosives Rules when-

ever such officer may call upon him to do so.

CI3) Accidents by fire or explosion, and losses, shortage

or thefts of explosives shall bo reported without delay to the

licensing authority and to the officer-in-charge of the Police

Station.

(14) Work in each building shall be carried out strictly in

accordance with the laid down working instructions and

procedures.

(15) The licensee and every p.erson employed in or about

the., factory shall take all due precautions for the prevention

of accidents by fire or explosion in the factory and for pre-

venting unauthorised person from having access to the factory

or to the explosives therein and shall abstain from any act

whatsoever which tends to cause fire or explosion and is not

Ygisonably necessary for the purpose! of work in the fac-

tofy.

1 (16) All buildings in which explosives nre manufactured,

handled, stored or packed excepting

buildings- in which

Ciemical and Physical Tests are carried out shall be protect-

ed efficiently against lightning and the lightning conductor

thaH be tested at least once every year.

i (17) Sweepings from the compartments of the building

in which explosives are manufactured or handled shall be

carefully collected and disposed as per laid down procedure.

TJfo effluent shall be discharged only after proper treatment

BI per laid down procedure.

(18) The licensee shall appoint a qualified and competent

person to supervise the manufacture of explosives and other

process and to conduct the operations in accordance with

the regulations.

i (19) No iron or steel implements shall be used unless

specially authorised by the licensing authority.

(20) Free access to the licensed premises shall be Riven at

alJ times to any inspecting or sampling officer and all facilities

shall be afforded to the officer for ascertaining that the pro-

Tisions of the Art and Rules and the conditions of this

licen^1© are duly observed.

{21) No workers are to enter or leave the Factory except

by the gates provided for the purpose and workers shall leave

the factory with all reasonable despatch after the expiration

of their Working hours.

(22) No worken shall enter any dancer building or part

of the Factory other than those in which he or the Is em-

ployed, except by the orders of the licensee or person fncharge.

(23) No person shall enter any danger building or "clean"

ar.ea without first putting on the matr^zine boots or shoes pro-

vided, nntf on no account nre such boots or shoes to be worn

except in the danger buldings or upon the clean platforms

and ttjey are never on any pretence to be deposited where

th{y »re liable to come into contact with grit.

(24) Every person employed in any danger buildinsr shall

before commencing work put on the danger building clothing

provided. No pockets are to be worn in any clothing whether

otiter or under clothing.

(25) All Fire Buckets are to be kept filled with clean

water nni rendv for use. They arc not tp be removed from

the positions assigned to them, nor used for any but fire pur-

pose. In frostv weather steps are to bo taken by frequent

rtftllmg or otherwise to prevent the formation of ice

in

the buckets,

(26) All maahfnery in danger bulldinss is to be examined

daily and should the plant or machinery in anv danger build-

Ins appear to be out of order or should anything go wrong

with it, the operation or machine is at once to be stepped.

(27) Before wcrrk U commenced in any dancrer building all

exist doors, shall be unlocked and arranged sothat ih?v may

btf easily pushed open. No exist door shall be blocked by any

table, packing case or other article.

(28) All boxes and packages are to be lifted and carried end

never dragged across the floors. No broken or defective

package of explosive is to be sent out of the factory.

FORM 21

[Article 2(a) & 2(b) of Schedule IV]

Licence to possess and sell Explosive*

No.

Fee Ri

per year

Licence is hereby granted to

for possession and sale of explosives at the premises described

below of the quantities of explosives specified hi Additional

Condition No

subject to the provisions of Explo-

sives Act, 1884 as amended and the rul«s made thereunder

and to the conditions of this licence.

This licence shall remain in force till the 3 lit day of

March 19

This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked lor any

violation of the Act or rules framed thereunder or the condi-

tions of this licence or if the licenced premises are not found

conforming to the description shown in attached plan.

Description of the licensed premises

The licensed premises are shown on drawing

(i) No

dated

(ii) No

dated

(iii) No

dated

attached hereto and situated at

A .,

and coniist of

Chief Controller of Explosives

The

19

•

Controller of Explosives.

Space for renewal endorsement

Date of renewal

Date of expiry

Signature of licensing

authority

Conditions

(1) The quantity of explosives on the premises at any one

time shall not exceed the liccnsable capacity.

(2) The magazine shall be used only for keeping all ex-

plosives specified in additional condition No

of this

licence and of receptacles for, or toolj or implements for

work connected with the keeping of such explosives.

(3) The opening of packages and the weighing and packing

of explosives shall not be carried on in the magazine.

(4)(1) Two or more descriptions of explosives which may

be permitted to be kept in the magazine by additional condi-

tion No

shall be kept in the magazine only if

they are separated from each other by an intervening parti-

tion of such substance and character, or by such intervening

space, as will effeclmllv prevent explosion or fire in the

one communicating with the other.

Provided that—

(a) the various explosives of classes 1 (gunpowder),

2 (nitrate^mixturc), 3 (nitro-compound) and 4 (chlo-

rate mixture), safety fuses belonging to the 1st Divi-

sion of the 6th (Ammunition) Class, and Such of

the various explosives of the 2nd Division of the

6th. (Ammunition) Class as do not contain any ex-

posed iron or steel, may be kept with each other

without any intervenina partition TO space I

826/11

(b) the

various

explosives of the

1st Division of the

6th (Ammunition) Class may be kept with each

other without any Intervening partition or space;

(c) such of the various explosives of the 2nd Division

of the 6th (Ammunition) Class as contain any ex-

posed iron or steel, may be kept with each other

without any intervening paitition or space;

(d) the varioui explosive! of the 3rd Division of the

6th (Ammunition) Clais may be kept with each

other without any intervening partition or space,

(e) the various explosives of the 7th (Fireworks), Claw

other than those containing chlorate may be kept

with each other without any intervening partition

or tpBce.

(2) Save as aforesaid, two or more descriptions of expio-

livei shall not be kept in the magazine notwithstanding the

provisions of Additional Condition No.

(J)(l) Explosives of the 3rd (Ni'tro-compoundl Clasi shall

not be kept in the magazine after the expiration of one year

from the date of their manufacture except with the special

lanction of a Controller of Explosives.

(2) When such sanction has been given, a written ceitl-

Bcate showing the period covered by the sanction

must be

nbtaraed from a Controller of Explosives at each inspection,

ind must be kept by the licensee and produced on demand.

(3) When an explosive owing; to its being no longer

of

itandard purity or owing to signs of liquefaction or of exuded

litro-glycerine or liquid ttitrb-compound is no longer fit

tor storage In the magazine, the licensee shall comply, at

tu's own expense, with such directions ag to its disposal ai

foe Chief Controller or Controller of Explosives may issue.

(6) The interior of the magazine, and the benches, shelves

ind fittings therein, shall be so constructed or IO lined or

;overed as to prevent the exposure of any iron or iteel and

the detaching of grit, iron, steel or similar substances in such

manner as to come into contact with the explosives.

Such

interior, benches, shelves and fittings shall so far as Is rea-

lonably practicable, be kept free from grit and otherwise

clean; and, in the case of any explosives liable to bo danger-

ouily affected by water, due precaution! shall be taken to

•xclude water therefrom.

Provided that so much of this condition as relates to

precations against the expoiure of any iion or steel shall not

be obligatory in a building in which no explosive other than

explosive of the lit Division of 6th (Ammunition) Class ii

kept.

(7) If the lightning conductor is tested by a Controller of

Explosives, the license© shall pay the fees prescribed for

(UCh'teSL In the event of the test proving unsatisfactory, the

lame fees shall be payable by the licensee for each subsequent

*st until the lightning conductor is passed by the testing

afflcer as satisfactory.

Provided that the feet payable for a linglo test shall be

'harged for all teits made on a conductor during any one

lay.

Provided also that where two or more lightning conduo-

:or» are attached to one and the same magazine, the fee for

he testing of all such conductors shall not exceed the fee

jrescribed in this condition for testing a single lightning

jonductor.

(8) Due provision shall be made, by the use of suitable

forking clothes without pockets, suitable shoes, and by

icarching or, otherwise, or by some such means, for preventing

Be Introduction into the magazine of ftre, lucifer matrhes or

iny substance; or article likely to cause explosion or fire, or

)f any grit, Iron or steel; but this condition shall not prevent

he introduction rpf an artificial light of such construction,

toittloo or character as approved by Chief Controller as

lot to cause any danger of fire or explosion:

Provided that so muqh of this condition as applies to the

ixclusion of iron or steel, shall not be obligatory in a building

n which no explosive other than an explosive of the lit

Jfviijofl dt the «tb {Ammunition) Class is kept.

(9) The licensee shall keep records and accounti of all

explosives in stock and of all sales or issues in forms- 32

and 33 in his office and produce the stock books and record!

to any oilicer uuthoiiscd under rule 179 whenever s\ich

officer may call upon him so to do.

(10) Any accident and all losses, shortage of

itock and

thefts of explosive? ihall be reported without dealy to the

nearest policy station, and the licensing authority.

(11) Free excess to the licensed premises ihall be given at

all reasonable times to any inspecting or sampling'officer and

every facility shall be given to iuch officer for ascertaining

that the rules and conditions of the licence are duly observed.

(12) No changes or alterations shall be carried out to the

premises without prior approval of the licensing authority

and the licensee shall comply with any condition that may

be specified by the licensing authority in this behalf.

(13) if the licensing authority calls upon the holder of the

licence by a notice in writing to take any action which may

in the opinion of such authority be necessary for the safety

of the premises or the public, the holder of licence shall take

nuch action within such period, not being less than one

month from the date of receipt of the notice, as may be

fixed by the notice.

(14) Magazine" shall at all times be kept in state of good

repair (or maintained in good condition). The licensee shall

report to licensing authority foithwith, if the magazine be-

comes unfit for storage of any explosive for any reason what-

soever.

(15) The licensee shall submit at the end of every month

a return showing receipts and issue of explosives to the

licensing authority as well as the renewal authority in the

proforma prescribed from time to time so as to reach the

above authorities by 10th day of the succeeding month.

(16) Any encroachment of the safety

distance

shall be

immediately communicated to the licensing authority for

necessary advice and action.

(17) The licensing authority ihall be immediately informed

foi advice if any explosive is found deteriorated oi unser-

viceable.

(IS) The explo»ive packages shal] be stacked in such a way

so as to allow movement of at least one person to check

the condition of all packages stored and to read the manu-

facture particular! of each packago.

Provided that this provision is not necessary jki caw of

shortage of fireworks or «afety fuie.

(19) The resistance of the lightning

conductor

to

earth

shall bo as low as possible and iu no case more than 1Q ohmi.

(20) A distance of 15 metres surrounding the magazine

stall be kept dear of dried grais or bush or flammable mate-

rial!.

(21) Every packet of explosive at the time of bringing

inside the magazine shall be examined for its sound condi-

tion.

(22) Not more than 4 persons shall be allowed inside the

mfagazine at any one time.

(23) Empty packages of the explosives Shall be removed

at the earliest and destroyed.

FORM 22

[Articles 3(a) and 3(b) of Schedule IV]

licence to possess Explosives for us6

No.

Fee Rs

,.,.,....per year

Licence is hereby granted to

.-,'

'.,

for possrstiion and use of explosives of the quantities speci-

fied in additional condition No.

subject to tHe provi-

sions of Explosives Act, 1884 as amended and the rule*

416/14

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

made thereunder and to the conditions of this licence. The

explosives shall be itored at the nremises described below:

Description of the llcenied premises

The llcenied premises are shown on drawing—

(i) No

dated

(ID No

dated

(HO No

dated

ittachcd hereto and iltuated at

•

«od consist of

This licence shall remain in force till 31st day of March,

»»

This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for any

violation of the Act, or rules framed thereunder or the condi-

tions of this licence or if the licensed premises are not found

conforming to the description as per attached plans.

Chief Controller of Explosives

The

19..

Controller of Explosives

Space for renewal endorsement

Dftto of renewal

Date of expiry

Signature of licensing

authority

CONDITIONS

(1) The quantity of explosives on the premise* at any

one time, unless permitted by the licensing authority, (hall

Opt exceed the licenceable capacity.

(2) The magazine shall be used only for keeping all ex-

plosives specified in additional condition No.

of this

licence and of receptacles for, or tools or Implements for

work connected with the keeping of such explosive.

(3) The opening of packages and the weighing and packing

of explosive! shall not be carried on in the magazine.

(4) (1) Two or more descriptions of explosives which may

be permitted to be kept in the magazine by additional condi-

tion No.

shall be kept in the magazine only if they

an separated from each other by an Intervening partition of

•uch subrtance and character, or by such intervening space,

M will effectually prevent explosion or fire u

the one

communicating with the other.

Provided that—

to ^ ° various explosive* of Classes l (gunpowder).

2 (Nitrate-mixture), 3 (nltro-compound) and 4 (chlo-

rite mixture), safety fuses belonging to the 1st

Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class, and such

of the various explosives of the 2nd Division of the

6th (Ammunition) Class as do not contain any ex-

posed iron or steel, may be kept with each other

without any intervening partition or space;

^

*iV Vf? O U I

exPlosJv»» of 'he 1st Division of the

6th (Ammunition) Class may be kept with each

otfter without any intervening partition or space;

fC) liftfcf «£ ?*riou" "xPl0<lve' of the 2nd Division

of the. fith (Ammunition) Class as contained any

exposed iron or steel may be kept with each other

without any Intervening partition or space;

( d ) *!&, V?A 0 U" "f?to^VBi, O f

t h e

3 r d DMalOP of

the

t$L?38l

n??

km)

?

Ias> "¥* *

kep* with each

other without any Intervening partition or space;

(•) tfai| varioui exnlosives of the 7th (Fireworks) Class

other th.n (hose containing chlorate raav be kept

W^MS?

W l t h°

U t *nV lntervenil* writSn

U) ^ttve as aforesaid, two or more descriptions of explo-

r e s siiau not oe kepi in me magazine noiwiL&aanuing the

pioviiiou ot additional condition No.

\Ji w xixpiosives oi me iia (JNiiro-i-oinpo'undj olaas shall

nut uc k.Dpi ui uic luaMiuJiie ttlier uio exjjiiauun ul une year

iiUiu lilq U41C 01 Uh.il

UltUillluVlUrC CXCCpl WltU [Q6 up\.titAL

jui^uuii ui a v^oauouei oi £.Apio«ivev.

W) Wfltn suuii sanction has been given, a wiutcn certi-

litan. suowjiig me penou covcied ny me sanuioa muit be

uuiduicu uoui a ^omioiier ot txplosivei at eaUl inspection,

uua uiuai. uc s.cpt oy me licensee unu piouuccu on uemand.

W Wuen an exploiive owing to its being no longer of

uiuiiuuru puniy or uwing to signs of iiquciHUion or ot

txuuea nmo-aiycecine or liquid tuuo-compouad is no longer •

iic IOI aioiajjc m uio DMHkuine, the licensee shall comjuy,

ui lus own cAp<,nac wiia tiuch ducctioiis us to its disposal us

me caiet conuouer or CouuoUcr ot Explosive) may ij»ue,

(.6) lnc interior of the magazine, and the benches, shelves

and fittings moicin, snail be so conauueted or so lined or

coveieu as to pievent the exposure of any iron or steel and

Uic uetaUiiDg ot grit, iron, steel or similar substance* in

suua manner as to u>me into contact with the explosives.

inch interior, benches, shelves and fittings shall so far as

is teasonably practicable, be kept tree from grit and other-

wise clean; and, in the case of any explosive liable to be

dangerously aaected by water, duo precautions shall be taken

to exclude water therefrom:

Provided that so much of this condition as relates to pre-

cautions against the exposure of any Iron or steel shall not

be obligatory in a building in which no explosive other than

expiowvc ot the 1st Division of 6th (Ammunition) Class is

(7) If the lightning conductor Is tested by a Controller of

Explosives, the licensee shall pay the fees prescribed for

such test. In the event of the test proving unsatisfactory, tht

same fees shall be payable by the licensee for each subse-

quent test until the lightning conductor is passed by the

testing officer as satisfactory.

Provided that the fees payable for a single test shall be

cnarged for all test* made on a Conductor during any ono

Provided also that where two or more lightning conductors

are attached to one and the same mag&ine, the fee for the

testing of all such conductors shall not exceed the fee pres-

ductor m

c o m i l t i o n

f o r 'rating a single lightning con-

(8) Due provision shall be made, by the use of suitable

workinR clothes without pockets, suitable shoes, and bv

searching or otherwise, or by some such means for prevent-

ing the introduction into the magazine of fite, lucifer matehc*

or any substance; or article likely to cause explosion or flre^

or of any grit; iron or steel but this condition shall not pre^

vent the introduction of an artificial light of such construc-

i£e\rCp?on.ion: **"*"

" ^

to

^

M y * « • "

o £

Provided that so mucti of this condition as applies to the

exdusion of iron or steel, shall not be obligatory in a

building to which no explosive other than an explosive of

the 1st Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class Is kept

(9) The licensee shall keep records and accounts of all

explosive, in stock and used In form, 32 aSdlTin his office

and produce the stock books and record, to ansT officer

u p r s r ^ o ?

1 1 6 1 7 9 whenever guch °

m™ ^ ^

thrft°.)^ny 1CC!dent u n,f.? n l 0 M M' "hortago of stock and

thefts of explosives shall t» reported without delay to the

nearest police station, and the licensing authority;

(11) Free excess to the licensed premises shall be given it

all reasonable times to any Inspecting or sampling officer

?"d T?tlaclhtX

s h a U b« «*«! to such officer for

rort*j£

obWSed.

conditions of the licence tre duly

nrim^ ^

Sj,""8*1 2 f a I t e r« d o n l *«" *» CMlJed OUt U> th.

premises without prior approval of the lfcen»lng inanity

836/D

the licensee shall comply with any condition that may

specified by the licensing authority in thi« behalf.

13) If the licensing authority calls upon the holder of the

nee by a notice in writing to take any action which may

the opinion of »uch authority be necessary for the ssfety

the premise! or the public, the holder of licence shall take

ch action within such period, not being lew than one

onto from the date of receipt of the notice, as may be fixed

f the notice.

(14) Magazine shall at all times be kept in state of good

jpair (or maintained In good condition). The licensee shall

eport to licensing authority forthwith, if the magazine be-

omes unfit for storage of any explosive for any reason what*

Oever.

(13) The licensee shall submit at the end of every month

a return showing receipts and issue of explosive! to the

licensing authority as well a» the renewal authority In the

protonna prescribed from time to time so as to reach the

above authorities by 10th day of the succeeding month.

(16) Any encroachment of the safety distance shall be Im-

mediately cdmmutiicated to the licensing authority for necei-

sary advice and action.

(17) The licensing authority shall be immediately Informed

for advice If any explosive la found deteriorated or unservice-

able.

(18) The explosive packages shall be stacked In such * way

so as to allow movement of at least one person to check

the condition of all packages stored and to read the manu-

facture particulars of each package.

Provided that this provision 1» not necessary in caw of

shortage of fireworks or safety fuse.

(19) The resistance of "the lightning conductor to earth

shall be as low as possible and in no case more than 10

ohms.

(20) A distance of 15 metre» surrounding the magazine shall

be kept dear of dried grass or bush or flammable material!.

(21) Every packet of explosive at the time of bringing

rnslde the magazine shall be examined for its sound condi-

tion.

(22) Not more than 4 persons shall be allowed Inside the

magazine at any one time.

(23) Empty packages of the explosives shall be removed at

the earliest and destroyed,

(24) The explosives shall not be used for blasting purpose*

In the ureas not commit within the purview of Mines Act,

lmlese the license© employs a qualified shot fltw holding a

ahot-flrer's permit granted under the Explosives Rules or

the person having equivalent qualifications as recognised by

the Chief Controller.

(25) The licensee and the shot flrer shall be responsible for

preparation of charts, the charging of hole* and the firing

of shots and shall take all precautions against flre and acci-

dent involving the explosives.

(26") No smoking or any source of light or flre shall be

allowed In or near the place where explosives chargei are

beioR prepared or kept

(27) For charging or stemming a shot hole, no person shall

me an iron or steel tools, scraper, or tamping rod, not shall

forcibly pros* the explosive Into a hole of insufficient lire.

A tamping rod made entirely of good shall be used.

(28) Before exploding any blasting cbSTje. adequate mea-

sure* shall be taken so as to prevent at far as ponlble, the

projection of fragment* of stone by the explosion of the

blasting charge.

(29) No person shall re-bore or temper a whole that hat

w * been charged or attemot to withdraw a charge either

before firing or after a misfire or deepen or tamper with

empty nole« or sockets left after blasting.

2"1 Before commencing shot firing the licensee shall grve

lufflclent warning to the public by an efficient system ©f

•ignals and by putting up red flags in the danger tone. He

•hall see that all persons in the vicinity have taken proper

shelter and shall also take suitable step* to prevent any

person approaching the shot.

(31) The licensee shall warn the public not to approach

the sit« of blasting operation at least within an hour after

explosion or in the case of an open quairy. not to approach

such quarry within half an hour after explosion.

(32) The number of shots which explode shall be counted

and unless it is certain that all the shota have been exploded

no person shall approach or be permitted to approach the

place until 30 minutes after the firing of shots.

(33) In the event of a misfire, If a relieving hole Is to be

driller, it shall not be plucod within 30 cm. from the mlt-

flred hole. The relieving hole shall run parallel to the misfired

hole.

FORM 23

[Article 5(aMc) of Schedule IV]

Licence to possess explosives for use

(a) by cultivator!, Class 2 and/or Class 3 explosives not

exceeding 2.5 kg., electric or ordinary detonators

not exceeding 5 nos. and safety fuse not exceeding

10 metres.

OR

(b) small arms nitro-compound not exceeding 5 Kgs,

(in the State of Kerala).

OB

(c) Gun-powder not exceeding 5 kgs, and safety fuse

not exceeding 50 metres (in the State of Bihar,

Kerala and West Bengal).

No.

Fee—Free of charge

Licence is hereby granted to

valid only for the possession on the premise* described

below of the following quantities of explosive* for own use

iubiect to the provision of Explosives Act, 1884 as amended

and rules framed thereunder and to the conditions of this

licence.

This licence shall remain In force till

(See note below)

This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for any

violation of the Act as amended from time to time or the

rules framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence or

If the licensed premises are not found conforming to th»

description as per attached plant.

Description of the licensed premises

The licensed premises shown In plan—

(0 No

dated

(ii) No

dated

(HO No

dated

attached hereto sr* situated at. t....*...

...*

and consist of

,

Tn«

District Authority

Date of renewal

Date of expiry

Signature of licensing

authority.

Note.—The licence if granted to Cultivators for their own

me shall be granted for a period not exceeding 15 day*.

CondMow

(1) The explosives shall be kept In a substantial bulidmt

constructed of non-flammable materials or In a fireproof

box u may be approved by the lfceiMlni authority, separated

from any dwelling house or other building, another licensed

826/14

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA ; EXTRAORDINARY

[PA** H—SBC. 3(i)

premises, highway, street, public thorough-fare or public

place by distance of minimum 45 metres and made and

closed so as to prevent unauthorised persons from having

access thereto and to secure It from danger from without.

(2) The interior of the building or ths box ai a case may

be and all fittings therein shall be so constructed, covered,

or lined, as to prevent the exposure of any iron or <;teel,,

or of any hard or gritty surface ax the entry, detaching or

cumulating of any grit, iron, steel or Similar substance.

(3) Adequate provision shall be made for the ventilation

»nd the interior of the building or box shall be kept scrupul-

ously cleaned.

(4) In case any of the explosive store is liable to be dnnaev-

ously 'effected by water, due precautions «hall be taken to

exclude water from the storage place.

(5) Detonators shall not be stored along with other ex-

plosives. Detonators, If required shall be stored in a different

building or fireproof box located at a distance of minimum

1.5 metres from the building or box where other explosive!

are stored.

(6) The doors of the building or the box shall open out-

wards, and shall be kept clearly closed or locked except

when required to'be opened for receipt or issue of explosive*

or for other necessary purposes.

(7) All articles or substances of cxploslva or highly In-

flammable nature shall be kept at a safe distance from the

explosives and from any room or part of a building or fire-

proof box containing the explosive, and Bo person enfen«»K

»uch room or part of building or opening such safe shall have

any iron or steel ii> his possession or attached to or on hi*

boots or shoes.

(8) No tools. Implement*, balance, weight*, etc. made of

Iron or steel shall be kept at any time on the premise*.

(9) Gunpowder or other explosives exceeding 0.5 kg In

quantity shall be kept in a substantial case, bag, canister

or other receptacle made and closed io as to prevent the

explosives from escaping.

(10) The licensee shall keep records in form 32 and 34

and shall exhibit his stock and register to any of the officers

authorised under rule 179 6f Explosives iRulej whenever such

officer-may call upon him so to do.

(U) All losses, shortage of stock or thefts of explosives

shall be reported without delay to the nearest police sta-

tion and the licensing authority.

(12) The total quantity of explosives that can bo purchased

bv a cultivator for own use shall not exceed 2.5 kg. of

Class 2 and/or Class 3 explosives, 5 no*, of detonators and

10 metres of safety fuse.

tl3) The licensee shall at the^tlme of purchasing explosive!

hpve the following particulars endorsed upon his licence and

signed by the person delivering and receiving fhe explosive*.

(i) Name and address and 'licence No. of the person

delivering explosives;

(5f) Name and address of the perjon who takes delivery

• of the explosives purchased;

(110 Thp kind and qusstltles-of -explosive* purchased;

(y). The date- of purchase.

(14) Explosive* purchased on the strength of thfs licence

nball not be sold or transferred to any other penon.

(15) Free access to the licensed premises shall be given at

all reasonable times to any Inspecting or sampling officer

and all facility shall be afforded to the officer for ascertain-

ing that the provision of the Act and the rnj« jmd-the

coadlikmi-of th»- licence are "duly observed.

(I«) THe-stock of exploslvei remaining on expiry of Mfcence'

•hall be Sntimated to the licensing authority and the licensee

•hall comply with the fawtructioni of such authority regard-

ing disposal of explosives.

(171 The licensee for the purpose of *)nstta« explosives

•haH •mploy a <malifled ptma

hold/n* » Shot-Ffrert Permit

grtBted-tmder tfce«e rules.

(18) Maximum quantity of explosive^ that may be ke_

et any one time shall not exceed—

(i) Gunpowder (Class 1)

•<*£

(ii) Small arms nitro-compound

*8

(in) Safety Fuse

Metre

(iv) Nitro-compounds (Class 3)

kg.

(v) Nitrate Mixtmes (Class 2)

kg.

(vi) Detonators

Not.

(19) The licensee may by filling catridges making charge or

otherwise adapt or prepare for use any explosive he la autho-

rised to possess undor this licence piovided that—

(a) the total quantity of explosives on the licensed pre-

mise* including the workshop in which such adapta-

tion or preparation is carried on, shall not exceed

the quantity the licensee is authorised to possess.

(b) No work unconnected with such adaptation, or pre-

paration shall be carried on in the said workshop

while such adaptation or preparation Is beta* carried

on,

(r) the said workshop shall be situated fit a, distance of

metres as shown in plan No

dated

attached

hereto.

(d) an explosive of one descript'on sha1! not be convert-

ed into an explosive of another description and an

explosive shall not bs unmade or resolved Into 1U

ingredients; and

(e) the licensee shall given notice to the authority which

granted his licence that he intends to carry on such

adaptation or preparation an it allowed by this

licence.

FORM 24

(Article 4 of Schedule IV)

Licence to possess and sell small arms Nitro-comoound

not exceeding 25 kgs. Or manufactured fireworks not exceed-

ing 1000 kgs. of Class 7 Division 2 Sub-Division 1, 100 kgi.

of Class 7 Division 2 Sub-Division 2 nnd Safety Fuse not

exceeding 10,000 Metres.

No.

Fees Rs.

(per year)

Licence is hereby grunted to

,

valid only for the possession and *ale at the licensed premise*

described below of the quantities of explosives specified in

additional condition No.

subject to the provisions

of the Explosive* Act, 1884 as amended, and the rules

made thereunder and to the conditions of this licence,

This licence shall remain

in force till 31st day of

March 19

This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for iny

violation of the Act as amended from time to tune or tho

rules framed thereunder or the conditions of this licence or

if the licensed premises are not found conforming to the

description as per attached plan*.

Description of the licensed premise*

The licensed premises aro iituated at.., . . . , . . . , . , , . . . . . . .

•J shown in plan—

(0 No.. .

dated

j . .

(li) No

dated

(Hi) No,,

dated

and consist of

,,

, .,.,

, , , ,

"Th*

Controller of Exploitva*

Endorsement for lenewal

Date of renewal

Date of expiry

Signature of licensing

^

authority

S26/15

Condition.

(1) All explosives on the premises shall be kept in * sub-

tantial brick stone or concrete building which is closed and

secured so as to prevent Unauthorised persons from having

access thereto or in a similarly closed and, secured substantial

receptacle (whether or not a fire-proof safe)

placed inside

a dwelling house, other building which is not itself qualified

for the keeping of explosives provided that there shall not be

kept in a fire-proof safe any explosive other than small

«rm nitro-compounds.

(2) The interior of every building and receptacle iised for

keeping explosives and the shelves and fittings therein shall

be so constructed or so lined and covered as to prevent the

exposure of any Iron or steel, or the detaching of any grit,

Iron, steel or similar substance, in such manner as to come

into contact with the explosives. Such interior, shelves and

fittings shall, so far as is reasonably practicable, be kept

free from grit and otherwise clean.

(3) The building or receptacle in which explosive is kept

must be used only for the keeping of such explosive and for

no other purpose whatsoever.

(4) Explosives of different descriptions which may be kept

under this licence shall, be- separated by an intervening parti-

tion of such substance and character; or by such inter-

vening space, as will eifectually prevent explosion oi fare in

the one communicating with the other:

Provided that —

(a) small arms nitro-compound and safety fuses belong-

ing to the 1st Division of the 6th (Ammunition)

Class may be kept with each other without any in-

terveing prtition or space ;

(b) the Various explosives of the 1st Division of 6th

(Ammunition) Class may be kept with each other

without intervening partition or space ;

(c) the various explosives of the 7th (Fireworks) Class

other than those containing chlorates may be kept

with each other without any intervening partition

or space.

(5) Any quantity exceeding 2.5 kg. of an explosive of the

1st Division of the 6th (Ammunition) Class or of the 2nd

Division of the 7th (Fireworks) Class and all other explo-

sives exceeding 0.5 kg. must be kept in a substantial bag,

canister or case made and closed so as to prevent any explo-

«ives from escaping and shall b© otherwise packed and marked

in accordance with the requirements of rules 8 & 9 of the

Explosives Rules.

(6) No oil, paints, matches, lights, nny article of a highly

flammable or explosive nature or liable to cause fire or ex-

plosion or any acids or similar substances, shall be brought

or kept on the licensed premises.

(7) No tools, implements, balance, weights, etc., made of

iron or steel shall be kept at any time in tho licenced nre-

mises, and no person on the licensed piemises shall have

any iron or steel in his possession, or attached to or on his

boots or shoes.

(8) The licensee shall keep records and accounts of all

stock of explosives in hand and of all sales In forms 32 and 33

and shall exhibit his stock and his books and records to anv

Qi the officers authorised under rule 179 of the Explosives

Rules whenever such officer may call upon him so to do.

(9) All sale* of explosives under this licence must be effect-

ed on the premises described on the face of the licence.

(10) All loses, shortages of stock and thefts of explosives

shall be reported without delay to the police station In Whoso

jurisdiction the licensed premises are situated and to the

licensing authority.

(Ill Free nccesa to the licensed premises shall be given nt

all reasonable times to any inspecting or sampling officer and

every facility shall be afforded to the officer for asterlaininn

that the provisions of the Act and the Rules and the condi-

tion! of this licence are duly observed.

FORM 25

Article 9 of Schedule IV

LICENCE FOR ROAD VAN

No,

P«» R»

U>er v w >

Licence is hereby granted to

,

to transport explosives by road van as des-

cribed below subject to the provisions of the Explosives Act,

1884, as amended and the rules made thereunder and to the

conditions of this licence.

This licence shall remain in force till

This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for any

violation of the Act or the Rules fiamfd thereunder or the

conditions of this licence or if the van is not found con*

forming to following description—

Description of road v»«

Make

Registration No.

Engine No.

Chassis No.

Description of other fittings

Approved Drawing No. & date.

Quantity of explosives permitted to carry

Dste

Chief Controller of Explosives

Space for endorsement of renewals

Date of renewal

Date of expiry of

Signature and office

licence

stunp

of

the

licensing

authority.

Condition*

(1) This licence is not transferable to any other road van.

(2) No alterations should be made to the vehicle, its body

and other fittings without approval from the UcenSIna autho-

rity

(3) This licence or its authenticated copy shall at oil

times be kept in the van and produced on demand by an

inspecting officer.

(4) The road van shall not be used for transport of ex-

plosives unless it is in a fit condition and complies with

the Explosives Rules.

(Ti The road van shall not be used for transport of any

material other than that authorised by this licence.

(6) No smoking and no fire or artificial light or any

article capablo of causing fire shall be allowed on the toad

van.

^

(7) The vehicle shall not be used tor carrying passengers.

(8) Road van, while explosives are being loaded or un-

loaded or transported ifaall always be under the charge of

competent person who shall be experienced in handling of

explosives and fully conversant thereunder. Where the vehicle

h not driven by the licence holder, a document signed by

the licensee naming persons authorised to drive and accom-

pany the vehicle shall be carried' in the van and produced

on demand to an inspecting officer.

8 2 6 / 1 6

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

tPART II-Sec. 3(i)}

(9) No explosive, unless they are packed In accordance

with the Explosive! Rules or in a manner specified by the

Chief Controller shall be transported In the road van.

(10) Detonator* ihall not be transported with any othw

explosive!.

(11) Any break down, accident, fire or explosion orcuirlni

In or involving the road van, shall be immediately reported

to the licensing authority together with a full report of such

break down, accident, fire or explosion. If such accident,

fire or explosion is attended with loss of human life or

serious fqiurv to person or property a report shall also be

made immediately to the nearest Police Station

12. The

explosives

shall be loaded

into the

van only

at the licensed premises of consignor and Unloaded from the

van at the licensed premises of the consignee,

FORM U

(Article 8 of Schedule IV)

LICENCE TO TRANSPORT EXPLOSIVES

No.

Fee* Rs

(per year)

Licenc« It hereby granted to

to transport following explosive .<—

Sr. •

Nan*

Class

Division

No.

from the premises licensed in form

bearing Ucenc*

No

situated at

to

places specified below subject to th« provisions of th# Explo-

sives Act 1884, as amended and the rules made thereunder

and to the conditions of this licence.

Places of destination :—

S.

Place

District

Stats

No.

This licence shall remain in force till 31st day of March,.

19

This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked on any

violation of the Act or rules framed thereunder or the

conditions of the licence.

Chief Controller of Exploshes.

Space for renewal endorsement

Date of renewal

Date of expiry

Signature of licensing

authority

CondUloM

(1) This licence becomes void on the expiration of the

terms mentioned therein or if a consignment break before

reaching the place of destination or if the explosives is taken

from or to any place other than the places mentioned in

the licence.

(2) The licensee shall transport only such explosives as he

is authorised to possess under the Act and the Rules framed

thereunder.

(3) The quantity of explosives despatched to any consignee

shall not exceed the quantity which such consignee is entitled

to possess under a licence granted under these rules.

(4) Each consignment of explosives shall be covered by

a pass in Form 16 and that (when the explosives are trans-

ported by rail) such puss shall be attached to the way bill

or the invoice as the case may be.

(3) A copy of each pass issued for each consignment shall

be sent to—

(i) Licensing authority;

(ii) Controller of Explosives in whose

Jurisdiction the

premises from which the consignment is sent, it

situated;

(iii) The Controller of Explosives in whose jurisdiction the

premises to which the explosives are sent it situated.

(6) Any loss, shortage or theft of explosives in transit shall

be reported without delay to the licensing authority and to

the police station and to the Controller of Explosives In whose

jurisdiction the loss, shortage or theft is discovered.

(7) The explosives shall be packed In accordance with

rules 8 & 9 of the Explosives Rules.

FORM 27

(Article 6 of Schedule IV)

Licence to Import Explosives

No.

Fee Ri

Licence is hereby granted to

to import by sea/airland at any one time explosives of the

description given below at the port of

tor consignment to persons mentioned below subject to the

provisions of the Explosives Act, 1884 and the Rules made

thereunder and to the conditions on the back of this licence.

This licence shall remain in force till the

This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for any

violation of the Act as amended or the rules framed thsre-

under or the conditions of this licence.

The

19

Chief Controller of Explosives.

DESCRIPTION OF EXPLOSIVES AND CONSIGNEE

Name of Weight Number Consignee's Licence

Remarks

explosives

of

name &

No. of

Class &

packages

address to the mega-

Division

whom explo- xlne store

gives will be house ot

sent from

the con-

phco of

signed

import

CoodUow

tl) No explosives other than those permitted under this

licence shall be imported.

(2) The quantity of explosives imported shall not exceed

that authorised by this licence,

(3) All explosives imported under this licence shall be

packed in accordance with rules 8 and 9 of Explosives Rules.

(4) No shb or boat or air craft containing explosive Im-

ported on the strength of this licence shall brlDg to or more

and no such explosive shall be unloaded or transhipped from

any ship or boat or air craft except at the port authorised

by this licence.

(5) The licensee shall comply with all the rules and regu-

lations in force at the port of import mentioned In this

licence.

826/17

(6) The owner and master of the ship or boat or air

craft in which explosives are imported on the strength of

this licence, shall, if and when required by an inspecting

authority or the custom's authority having jurisdiction over

the place of importation, allow such inspector or officer to

take for examination samples of any explosive so imported.

(7) As noon as the explosive has been cleared from the

place/port anil despatched to the rn.igazine/store house for

storage, the licensee shall complete the importer's transmission

schedule in Form 15 and forward it to the Chief Controller.

(8) The explosive shall be despatched to the various con-

signees mentioned in the licence directly from the port and

the licensee shall make prior arrangements to cn'ure that

there is no hold up of explosives at any pljjce.

(9) The imported explosives if of Class 3 or Class 4 shall

not be unloaded from the ship or bout unless such explosive!

have been tested and permission to unload given by the

Chief Controller of Explosives authorised for the purpose.

FORM 28

(Article 7 of Schedule IV)

Licence to Export Explosives

No.

Fee Rs

Licence is hereby granted to

to export by sea/air/land, explosives of the description

given below from the port of

to persons mentioned below subject to the provisioni of Ex-

plosives Act, 1884 and the Rules made thereunder and to

the conditions of this licence.

This licence shall remain in force till the

This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked at any

time for violation of the Act or Rules framed thereunder or

the conditions of this licence.

T n e

19 •

Chief Controller of Explosives

DESCRIPTION OF EXPLOSIVES AND CONSIGNEE

Name of explosives

Weight

No. of Consignee's Remark*

Class & Division

packages name and

address

Coudltious

(1) Nn

explosives

other

than

those

permitted

under

this licence.

(2) The quantity of explosives exported shall not exceed

that authorised by this licence

(3) The explosives shall be packed in accordance with Ex-

plosives Rules 1980 and the packages marked accordingly.

The packages shall be safe, for transport.

(4) The explosives ahall be exported only from the place

specified in this licence.

(5) The licensee shall comply with all the rules and regu-

lations in force at the port of place of export mentioned in

this licence.

(6) The explosives shall be brought to the port or place

of exiVTrt. nniv flft^r tha «hin nr aWr-mft I* rmaA^r

97GI/81—19

FORM 29

(Article 10 of Schedule IV)

Licence to possess and use Public Display Fireworks

Licence No.

Fee Rs

Licence is hereby granted to

vnlid

only for possession of

kgs. of fireworks at pre-

mises described below and for making public display at the

premises mentioned below subject to the provisions of Ex-

plosives Act, 1884, as amended from time, to time and the

rules made thereunder and fo ihe conditions of this licence.

This licence shall remain in force till

This licence is liable to be suspended or revoked for violation

of the Act or rules fanned thereunder or conditions of the

licence or if the licensed premises are not found conforming; to

description as per attached plans.

Description of premises

The premises to be used for public display firworks are situa-

ted at

as shown in plan No. ...

dated

attached herewith.

The- premises for storage of fireworks are situated at

as shown in plan No

attached herewith.

Date

Controller of Explosives

Conditions

(1) The licensee shall, at least seven clear days (exclusive of

Sunday and public holidays) before th© holding of a public

fireworks display by him or under his authority or supervision

shall notify the licensing authority :—

(a) Time and place at which the public display is to be

held.

(b) The types of public display fireworks lo be Used in the

display.

(c) The name, address and licence number of every person

from whom these fireworks have been or are to bo

obtain for use" in display.

(d) Name and address of every person who will be super-

vising the display or assisting the licensee to super-

vise the display; and

(e) Full details of the experience which every person other

than licensee, whose name is notified in paragraph

(d) above has had in the conduct or supervision of

public fireworks display and the use of public display

firework).

(2) The fireworks shall be stored and displayed only at the

places shown in the plan attached with the licence.

(3) A minimum distance of 100 Metres or more if specified

by the licensing authority, shall be maintained between the spec-

tators and the area where the display is carried out.

(4) Only authorised fireworks shall be used. Such fireworks

shall be purchased directly from persons holding proper valid

licence granted to manufacture such fireworks.

(5) No display of fireworks should be carried out when the

wind velocity exceeds 50 kilo metres per hour or the- control

over spectators has been lost.

(6) Only minimum persons should be employed for making

and display of fireworks. The site should be constantly super-

vised and the persons employed should wear protective cloth-

ings, ear defenders, safety glasses and other pretective devices.

(1) Once fireworks have been taken to the site, the site

must not be left unattended or unprotected.

826/18

THE GAZETTE OF INDTA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART TI—SEC 3(i)]

(8) No fireworks shall b e ignited inside of or closer than

15 metres of any building, tent, trailer, canvas shelter or

moter vehicle.

(9) No fireworks shall be ignited within 200 Metres of any

place where explosives, any flammable substance or other

hazardous substances are stored.

(10) No fireworks shall be set off within 200 Mclics of

a hospital, nursing home, schools or temples unless consent

from local authorities and the owner or its agent is obtained.

(11) Adequate fire fighting equipment to cope up with

any fire which can be reasonably anticipated shall be pro-

vided. The type and quantity of first-aid1 and other fire light-

ins equipment shall be determined in conjunction with the

fire fighting authorities.

(12) After the display, waste and duds etc. shall be care-

fully collected and removed from the site and destroyed by

burninR undei proper supervision.

(13) The licensee shall follow the provisions of Act and

Rules made thereunder as otherwise applicable.

(14) No electrical wire shall be allowed within 10 Metres

of the area where the fireworks are laid down.

(15) The mortars must be buried h:ilf their length in the

ground and tilted of by 10° to 15° and pointed away from

the spectators.

The mortars

of the same size should be

grouped and spaced not less than 50 centimetre^ apart

Groups of different size mortars should be placed at least

10 Metres apart. The mortars or

their frames should be

securely anchored to the ground.

(16) Before starting the display the supervisor must check

to ensure that the fireworks are exploding over a zone free

of people and that debris arc also falling in that area. If not,

the firing must be stopped till necessary corrections arc

in nde.

(17) No matches, 'ights 6r any article of flammable or ha-

zardous nature liable to cause fire or explosion shall be.brought

or kept in the licensed premises.

(18) No tools, implements etc. made of Iron or steel shall

be kept at any time in the premises and no person on the

licensed premises shall have any iron or steel in his posses-

sion or attached to or on his boots or shoes.

(19) The licensee shall keep records and accounts of all

fireworks received, used and stocks on hand.

(20) Tho licensee shall follow the local bye-laws, at the

place of storage and display and obtain necessary permission

whenever required.

(21) The kinds und quantities of explosives remainlns after

the expiry of licence shall be intimated to the licensing

authority and the licensee shall abide by the instructions ot

such authority regarding disposal of explosives,

(22) If the licensing authority directs the licensee by notice

in wilting to make any additions/alterations which, in the

opinion of such authority, is considered necessary for the

safety of the premises or of the person working therein or

the spectators tho licensee shall execute such additions/

alterations within such period as may be specified.

(23) Accidents by fire or explosion and looses, shortage or

theft of explosives shall be immediately reported to the nearest

police station and the licensing authority.

(24) Fiec access to the licensed premises shall be given

at all reasonable times to any inspecting or sampling officer

and every facility shall be afforded to the officer for ascer-

taining that the provisions of the Act and the Rules and the

conditions of this licence are duly observed.

FORM 30

Shotflrer's Permit

Government of India

Department of Explosives

No.

This is to certify that Shri

born on

passed Iho shortflrer's examination held on

passed the

;

(name of examination")

examination held in

(month and year of examination)

by

."

(authority conducting examinations)

and is authorised to conduct blasting operations using ex-

plosives in areas other than Mines coming under the purview

of Indian Mines Act, 1952, subject to the provisions of

Explosives Act, 1SR4 as amended and the rules framed

thereunder.

Place:

Date:

Chief Controller of Explosives

FORM 31

Form of account to be maintained by a licences

Accounts of Explosives Manufactured

Note : This record should be kept upfo-date

Date and

Shift No,

1

Brand

Name of

explosives

2

Class

and Divi-

sion

3

Cartridge

Dimension

4

Batch

Nos.

5

Quantity

manufac-

tured

6

Date of

test

7

No. of

packages

8

Magazint

licence

No. to

which the

explosive:

sent

9

s

Remarks

s

10

Signature

of person

incharge

11

826/19

FORM 32

Form of account to be maintained by licensee

Account of Receipt of Explosives

Noto: This record should be kept upto-date.

Entries should bo made daily and as and when explosives are received.

Date

1

Description of explosives

'

Name

Class

Division

2

3

4

Opening

balance

5

Explo-

sives re-

ceived by

licensee

6

Quantity

7

Batch

No.

8

Name

address

licence

No. of

supplier

9

Mode of

transport

and

Road

Van

Jicence

No. if

trans-

ported

by road

10

Pass

No.

11

Closing

balance

12

Remark

13

FORM 33

Form of account to be maintained by licensee

Account of Sale of explosives

Note : This record should be kept up-to-date. Entries should be made daily and as and when explosives are sold.

Date

1

M

i

Description of explosives

Name

2

Class

3

Dlvn.

4

Opening Balance

5

Explosives sold by licensee

Name

6

Class

7

Divu.

g

Quantity

9

Batch No, & date

10

Name, address

& licence No. oF

person to whom

explosives arc

sold

11

Mode of transport

and road van

licence No. if

transported by

road

12

Pass No.

13

Closing

Balance

14

Remarks

15

826/20

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

FORM 34

Form of account to be maintained by licensee

Account of Explosives used by licensee

Note i This record should be kept upto-date. The entries" should be imde daily and as soon as explosives art) issiitd for mu or unwed

explo'lret returned

Date

1

Shot Firers

jiaine and permit

No.

2

Description o

Name

3

f explosives issued

Class

4

.

Din.

5

Quantity

issued

6

No. of

holes

fired

7

Description

Name

8

of explosi

Class

9

ves used

Divn.

I"1

Quantity used

ll

Description oft

Name

12

>xplosives return

Class

13

ed

Divn-

14

Qty. returned

15

Sign, of shot

firer/mag. in

chirge

16

Remarks

17

FORM 35

Form of account to be maintained by a licensee

Account of Explosives transported by road van

Note : This record should be kept upto-date.

Date

1

Name, address and

licence No. of the

consignor

2

Place of

loading

3

Description

Name

4

ofcxplosl'

Class

5

/cs

Divn.

6

Batch No. &

Date of

manufacture

7

Qty. trans-

ported

8

Pass No-

9

Signature of

tho consignor

10

Name address and licence

No. of the consignee.

11

Place of

unloading

12

Date of

receipt of

explosive

13

Signature of

onsignee

14

Remarks

15

S26/21

FORM 36

RETURN OF EXPLOSIVES

Received, Used, Sold. Destroyed and stolen during thomonth

From the Explosives Magazine of

Situated at

District

Name of Explosives

Class & Division

Quantity

1. Licence No

2. Opening Balance on the 1st day of the mouth

3. Account of Explosives :—

Date

1

Opening Balance

NameofExpl.

2

Class &

Division

3

Quantity

4

Particulars i

NameofExpl.

5

of consign^

Clasi &

Division

6

loot

Q'laatit;

7

/ Namo address & Lie.

No. ofsippltyj

from whom expl.

woro reoeivod

8

Pass No.

9

Particulars of Explosives Used or Sold

Date

10

Use

Namo of Expl.

11

d

Class*

Divn.

12

Qty.

13

NameofExpl.

14

Class &

Divn.

15

Qty.

16

Sold

Nanij address & ,

Lie. No. of pjfwn

to who.n axplwora

supplied

17

IS

A. Total Ouantitv of each kinds of exolosives Usec(/Sold durintt the month

Name of Explosives

1

USED

Class & Division

2

Quantity

3

Namo of Explosives

4

SOLD

Class & Division

5

Quantity

6

s. Particulars of Explosives destroyed during the month

Date

1

Name of Explosives

2

Class & Division

3

Quantity

4

Rousons for

destruction

5

AjtiWty

uJdir

which destruction

wa1* dv>ao

6

M6M

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(0]

6. Particular* of Explosives stolen/short received during transit

Dato

Name of Explosives

Class & Division

Quantity

Whether theft/loss

Remarks

reported to Police

and this Department,

if so, give reference.

1

2

3

4

5

6

FORM 37

FORM OF INDENT FOR EXPLOSIVES

Place

Date

To

Dear Sir,

Kindly supply ihe following quantities of explosives to Die/

us:—

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

I/We hold a licence No

in Foim

of Explosives H iles 1981, for possession/sale/us« of follow-

ing quantities of exploiives ;

1.

. . . .

2.

3.

4.

5.

The above"*mentioned licence is valid till

The licence is sent herewith for necessary endorsement as

required under sub-rule (3) of rule 141 of Explosives Rules,

1981. The licence may please be returned after the endorse-

ment.

*The explosives may please be handed over to my/our

authorised representative whose signatures are attested be-

low:—

Signature of authorised Agent

Attested

Signature" of lice isee.

Yours faithfully,

LICENSEE

DESIGNATION :

Copy forwarded to the Contjoller of Explosives

*Strike out whichever is not applicable.

SCHEDULE VI

Explosives permitted to be imported and transported by air

S.

Name and description

No.

1. 'Aeroplane flares

2. Amorces

3, Chinese Crackers

4. Detonating Fuse

5. Roman Candles

6. Safety Fuse

7. Ship Distress Signals

8. Smoke Candles

9. Sparklers

10. 'Squlba Electric

11. (Aluminium or Magnesium) Torches

12. Very Signal Cartridges

13. Wheels

Class

7

7

6

7

6

7

7

7

7

7

Division

Quantity

Passenger

Aircraft

2 25kgs.

2

2 25 kg-:.

2 25kgs.

1 25 kgs.

2 —

25 kgs.

2 25 kgs.

25 kEs.

2 25 kgs.

2 25 kgs.

2 25 kgs.

permitted in

Cargo

Aircraft

95 kgs.

70 kgs.

95 kgs.

140 kgs.

95 kgs.

140 kgs.

95 kgs.

95 kgs.

95 kgs.

70 kgs.

95 kgs.

45 kgs.

95 kgs.

*Tho item can be transported by air as and when included in list of Authorised Explosives.

826/23

SCHEDULE VII

SPECIFICATIONS

The specifications laid down in this Schedule are for

general guidance

only. Approval of the Chief

Controller should be obtained separately for each

case.

SPECIFICATION 1

SPECIFICATION FOR A ROAD VAN FOR CARRIAGE

OF EXPLOSIVES ONLY

PART'I

I1) Air space between body and cab—A clear space of

at least fifteen centimetres shall be left between the Body

and Cab,

(.2) Driver's c ib—The tab shall be fitted and covered ex-

ternally with 21 S.W.G. aluminium sheeting. The wood if

used shall be tnated as to render it uninflammable.

(3) Cab—Do( rs shall be fitted having windows of non-

splinter type glass.

(4) Wind Screen—A

substantially

framed wind-screen

shall be fitted I dth the portion in front of the driver's scat

pivoted on strong brass quadrants for opening.

(5) Fuel

Tank.—The fuel tank shall be in front of the

fire screen desci Ibed under condition (11) below. It should be

so located as to minimise the possibility of its being damaged

should be vehic e be involved in an accident.

(6) Fuel cut-ufE—A quick acting cut off shall be fitted on

the feed pipe in an easily accessible position and shall be

capable of being operated without the necessity of lifting

the bonnet and shall be so located as not to be involved in

a fire in the engine.

(7) Exhaust piye and Silencer—The whofc of the silencer

and exhaust pip ng shall be in the front of the fire-screen des-

cribed in paragi iph 11.

(8) Fire Entinguisher—Two chemical fire extinguishers of

minimum 2 kgs. shall be provided. The fire extinguisher should

be capable of dealing with petroleum fire.

(9) Self Starter—A self starter shall be provided.

(10) Lighting—Electric head, side and tail lamps shall

bo

provided and s mil be operated from the dash board. All

electric wirings and battery cables shall be fully enclosed

and maintained in good operating condition.

(II) Fire Sci :en—Shall consist of one ply asbestos and

18 gauge steel sheets fitted to the whole of the driver's cab

and extending 1 o within 300 mm. of the ground. The part

extending from bottom of the cab to within 300 mm. of the

ground shall be carried on an iron angle frame of light con-

st raction.

(12) Body—A body conforming to the second part of this

specification shell be fitted.

(13) Spare ^ wheels—On© spare wheel inclusive of outer

cover and innei tube shall be carried for- ench size of wheel

on the chassis.

(14) Painting ind Markings—Body and Cab shall be painted

and marked am' lined with a colour approved by the licens-

ing authority. ' "he van should be painted with aluminium

or white paint. The letter 'E' should be written promlnentlv

on the sides an I hack of the van. The name and address of

the licensee an 1 the licence number should be written in

small letters on one side. Vehicles holding interstate /national

permits shall bf painted as per directions of Road Transport

Authority. Hovever, another circle of 60 cms. diameter in

red colour shou'd be painted on one of the flaps of rear door

of vnn with lettei 'F' inscribed lr» the circle.

(151 Total n aximum Toad—The total maximum load for

a vehicle shall be equal to or exceed gross

vehicle

weight

rating.

(16) Inspect!' m—The whole of the work shall be to the

satisfaction of the licensing authority who shall have free

access at any time to the workshop rubricating the body

and who may reject any material or workmanship which

does not comflv with this specification.

PART II

(1) The body fiaming is to be constructed of best selected,

teak tnoioughly seasoned and free from all defects. All joints

are to be morticed anti tenoned or half checked, depending

upon their position in the structure, and securely fixed with

screws. The joints arc to be coated with white lead before

assembly. All parts of (he fiaming which will be in contact

with the outer metal panelling are Jso to be thoroughly

coated with white lead before panelling is fixed thereto. Iron

plates, knees, etc. may be used for stiffening the framing where

they are considered necessary, but no such iron work must be

exposed in the inferior of the completed van body.

(2) Flooring—This is to be constructed of teak boarding

ton cued and grooved 22.2 mm thick and about 152.4 mm

or 177.8 mm in widtn. Tt is to be recessed into the soleplate

of the van body and below it is to be fixed a sheet of

20 S.W.G. aluminium sheet. The flooring is to be supported

bv bearers about 28.6 mm thick bv 50.8 mm wide, fitted

between the soleplate and screwed on Ihe top of the

cross-

membeis of the chassis frame

The sill of the doorway has to have a fall outwards of 6.4

mm and it should be covered with a brass plate full width

of the doorway, 63.5 mm wide inside, and having its outer

edge turned downwards, and secured in position with brass

screws.

(3) Body Panelling and Lining—The

roof, floor, sides,

ends and doors of the van are to be covered externally with

20 S.W.G. aluminium sheeting and inner lining may be of as-

bestos or wood so treated as to be rendered uninflammable or

with such other material as may be approved in writing by

the licensing authority, This must have a smooth surface,

fre0 from distortion or any dents, and it is to be fitted to the

framing in sections of

convenient size. The roof is in four

section, and these turn down the sides and ends to a distance

of 25.4 mm, the end turnover

being relieved at intervals of

152.4 mm to allow the sheeting to lie flat on the framing. At

.ill places where sheeting is fixed to the body framework, it

has to be covered by a beading. The roof beading is of alu-

minium 19 mm x 4 mm whilst a wooden weather breading is

run round the sides and ends where the joint with roof sheeting

takes place. At other places aluminium leading 19 mm x 4 mm

has to be used, excepting only the bottom joint of the sides

which is covered by a wooden rail 25.4 mm wide 38.1 mm.

deep, and the central cover joint of the doors, which is

formed with flat mild steel strap 38.1 mm wide.

The interior of the van body has to be lined with 20 S.W.G.

aluminium sheeting throughout, sides end, roof and doors, the

lining has to be fitted In as few sections, as possible, and in all

ciisei brass screws must be used for securing same.

(4) Doors—Double doors are to be fitted at the rear ends

of the body and they are to be a close fit all round Ihe fram-

ing, panelling and lining of same being similar In all respects

(0 the body works. They are to be bevelled along the bottom to

make a waferlght joint with the brass covered

stfll

of the

doorway, and the central joint of doors must also bevelled

and covered with slapping an crovfouslv mentioned. The doors

are to be hnns; on strong mild steel crook and band hinges.

The band section being 29.7 x 8 mm and these In turn are to

be securely fixed to hinge and angle plates of section 44.4 x

8 0 mm on the rear frame posts of the van body. The hinges

:ire to be so constructed ;ind set that the doors will swing

rieht round against the van bodv side, and facilities are to be

piovidcd for fixing the doors In this position.

A 'lot Ii cut in the clip and for the reception of a brass H.

fie T.V padlock on the left hand side of the doors.

There shall be no opening in the body of the vehicle ex-

cept through the doors at the buck.

No holes shall he dn'Ufi ;n the crnssis, un'ess allowed by

the maker f >r the purpose of securing the van bodv.

d) Body dimensions—The inside iHrrien':Ion=: of the body

ihall be suitable for the ennntitv of eTO'osIvc^ pronosed to

be carried. The bodv shall he of such dimensions and fitted

in such a manner BS to keep the vehicle stable during trans-

port of explosives.

t m m

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II-SEC. 3(ijj

SPECIFICATION 2

SPECIFICATION FOR A MOTOR TRUCK FOR

CARRIAGE OF EXPLOSIVES TOGETHER WITH

COMPRESSOR UNIT

(1) A clear air space of at least fifteen centiireties shall

be left between the body and the cab.

(2) The driver's cab shall be fitted and covered externally

with 20 SWG aluminium sheeting.

(3) The cab doors shall be filled havinjj windowj of non-

splinter type glass.

(4) A sustantially framed wind screen shall be fitted with

the portion in front of driver's seat pivoted on strong brass

quadrants for opening.

(5) The fuel tank shall be below the floor level and at least

1 M from the boxes carrying explosives. It should be so

located as to minimise ,tne postibility of its being damaged

should the

vehicle be involved in an accident.

(6) A quick acting cut-off shall be fitted on the fuel feed

pipe in an easily accessible position and shall be capable of

being operated without the necessity of lifting the bonnet and

»hall be located a« not to be Involved in a fire in the engine.

(7) The illencer and exhaust piping shall be below the cab

2nd shall not be below the body.

(8) A chemical fire extinguisher of minimum 2 kgs. shall

be provided. The fire extinguisher ihould be caDubie of deal-

ing with petroleum fires.

(9) A self starter shall be provided for the engine.

(10) Electric head, side and tail lamp* shall be provided and

shall be operated from the dash board. Electric torches (dry

cell type) may be carried for use for lighting during emer-

gency.

(11) One spare wheel inclusive of outer cover and inner

tube shall be carried for each sire of wheel on the chassis.

(12) No holes shall be drilled in the chasiis unless allowed

by the maker for the purpose of securing body.

(13) The flooring is to be constructed of teak bording toung-

ed and grooved at least 21 mm thick and about 150 mm or

175 mm in width.

(14) Base of the compressor should be minimum 150 mm

high from the floor of the truck body.

(151 A mild steel tray shall be provided underneath the eom-

prosior- and shall be of such size and placed in such a way

that all the oil drippings from the compressor ihall fall in the

tray.

(16) The exhaust pipe of the compressor shall face away

from the boxes carying explosives and shall be fitted with sn

efficient spark arrestor.

(17) Only approved type of boxes will be uied for carrying

explosives and- such boxes shall be firmly fixed fo the body

In such a way that there Is no movement of the boxes when

the truck is in motion. The empty space In the detonator

box shall be filled with thermocole pad, foam pad or other

similar suitable- material to protect movement of detonators

during transport,

(18) Not more than two boxes for carrying explosives shall

be fitted to any truck. One of the boxes shall be used for

carrying hiRh explosives and the other for detonators. The

boxes shall be fixed in such a way that their doors do not

open face to face.

(19) The distance between the exnlosives

boxei ihall be

minimum 1000 mm. The distance between the compressor

and the explosives boxes shall be minimum 1500 mm.

(20) A suitable fira screen ch«ll be provided between the cab

and the boxes carrving explosives.

f21) A suitable asbestors or G.T. sheet *crern shall he nro-

vided between the explosfves boxes and the compressor leav-

ing adequate space for movement of operator for removing

c\plosives from boxes.

(22) The space between the fire soreen under clause 20 and

the asbestos screen under clause 21 above shall be suitably

covered so as to protect from weather.

(23) Not more than 25 kgs. of high explosives, 200 num-

bers of detonators and 200 metres of

safety fuse shall be

carried in the truck.

(24) The detonator box shall be fixed away fiom the battery

side and the battery shall be carried in the cab below driver's

seat,

SPECIFICATION 3

SPECIFICATION OF METAL CASES FOR

CONVEYANCE OF EXPLOSIVES

General:

The body to be of wrought iron, mild steel, hard rolled

brass, Muntz metal, or zinc, rivetted or welded, fitted at both

ends with a substantial flange of same materials or of gun-

metal for the attachment of lid and bottom; if of iron or

steel to be thoroughly galvanised after making up or to be

effectively painted. Thickness not less than 18 P.O. = .0495

inches, or, if of zinc, not less than 9.5 mm.

The bottom to be of «ame materials r>s body or of

Bun-

metal; if of iron or steel, to be thoroughly galvainsed, securely

rivetted to flange of body or forming part of such

flange.

Thickness not less than 3.2 mm or, if of zinc, not less than

9 5 mm.

Alternatively the bottom may be made of mild steel of 4.8

mm thick, thorougly galvanised and dished so that if fits tight-

ly over the body made of mild steel as above but without J

bottom

flange.

#

The body to project at least 25.4 mm into the dished bot-

tom and the edges of the dished end and of the body to be

welded

continuously to the body and to the bottom of the

dished end respectively.

The lid to be of same materials as body or of gunmetal; if

of iron or steel, to be thoroughly galvarmed. Thickness not less

than 1.6 mm at centre, and not less than 3.2 at rim, or, if of

zinc, not less than 9.5 mm throughout.

The lid to be secured by not less than four good screws,

bolts or swing bolts, with or without a substantial hinge, which

may take the place of one of the four screws, bolts, or swing

bolts.

A washer of leather, Tndia rubber or other suitable material

to be between the lid and the flange, unless the lid is fitted

with a projecting ring into a, depression in the flange.

AH rivet heads to be well finished, and the inside of the

package to be free from rough edges or burrs.

The whole to be of good material and workmanship and

to be maintained in an efficient condition.

SPECIFICATION 4

SPECIFICATION OF METAL CASES FOR

CONVEYANCE OF EXPLOSIVE1'

Duralumin Containers,-

Dimensions of container inside to be 902 mm deep by

308 mm wide by 267 mm broad.

The body of container to be of No. J 6 S.W.G. sheet in one

piece rivetted with 8.00 mm (5/6ths inch) diameter rivets

25.4 mm pitch at seam. 50.8 mm pitch at other three comers,

having 31.8 mm by 31.8 by 4.8 mm angle rivetted on top.

and round bottom with 8 mm diameter rivets 25.4 pitch.

Bottom of container* to be of No. 10 S.W.G. sheet fitted

with 31.8 mm by 31.8 mm by 4,8 angle all round and rivetted

with 8 mm diameter rivets. Corner pieces No, 12 SWG sheet

826/23

to be rivetted to tingle and to bottom plate wilh 8 mm dia-

meter rivets.

Cover of container to be of No. 14 S W.G. sheet fitted with

37.6 mm by 25,4 mm by 4.9 mm angle all round and rivettcd

wiLh 8X0 mm diameter rivets. Coiner pieces No. 12 S.W.G

ehcet to be rivetted to angle and cover plate with 8.00 mm

diameter rivets.

Cover to be fastened to container by four 12.7 mm Whit-

worth S;t Pins with washers.

Rubber joint 31.8 ram by 3.2 mm thtk to bo rivetted to

underside of cover plate by twelve 6.3 mm

diameter rivets,

15.9 mm diameter holes to be bored in cover and joint to

suit 12.7 mm set pins.

Two Duralumin drop down handles to be riveted to body

of container.

SPECIFICATION 5

SPECIFICATIONS OF METAL CASES FOB

CONVEYANCE OF EXPLOSIVES

The body to be of wrought iron or mild steel, thoroughly

galvanised, thickness not less than 18 B.G. 0495 inch, fitted

at the lop with a flange 12.7 mm thick made of the Alu-

minium Alloy (12.5 per cent to 14.5 per cent zinc; 2.5 per

cent to 3 per cent copper; remainder Aluminium).

The bottom to be of the Aluminium Alloy, not less than

12.7 mm thick at the rim, and not less than 4.8 mm thick

at th« centre, and provided with a protection 25.4 mm high

and at l;ast

6,3 mm thick, so made as to be a close fit in-

side the body, to which it shall bo rivetted with rivets 6.3 mm

diameter.

The lid to be of the Aluminium Alloy, not less than 12.7

mm thick at the rim, and not less than 6.3 mm thick at the

centre, and secured by eight screwed studs to the flange.

A washer of leather, India rubber, or other suitable material

to be between the lid and the flange, unless the lid h fitted

with a piojecting ring fitting into a depression in the flange

All rivet heads to be well finished, and the inside of the

package to be free from rough edges or burm.

SPECIFICATION 6

SPECIFICATION OF MAGAZINES

1, General:—

The basic considerations in the construction of magazines

are security to ensure that the contents are kept out of the

hands of unauthorised persons; to maintain them in good

condition and to reduce the risk of accidental explosion. This

calls for a construction whii h will resist illegal entry as much

as possible and is well ventilated. Tn chosing a site for a maga-

zine, consideration should be given to any protection of life

and property offered by natural features of thf ground

in

the event of a fire and/or an explosion. The suitability of a

site and the amount of explosives that may be stored are deter-

mined by its distance from public thoroughfares; residential

or industrial areas, railways etc. as specified in the table of

safety distance in Schedule VIIT. Naturally a site obscured

from public view either bv natural or artificial means

is

preferred.

Apart from the Rules and Regulations concerning the storage

of explosives, certain conditions should be observed frnm the

point

of view of care for the materials concerned e.g. im-

proper storage may lead directly to misfires later on. In all

caces, places of storage should be dry. well ventilated and

protected from extremes of temperature as much as possible

Stocks should be drawn, upon in strict rotation, any surplus

from the day's work being returned to the magazine and kept

separately for use on the following dnv.

Safetv Fuse and detonators should be kept in perfect con-

dition for obtaining pood results. Therefore, at all limes du-

r i n t r

t

r

a

n

s

p

o

r

t

;

h

a

n

d

l

i

n

g

a

n

d

i

t

o

r

a

f

i

e

,

t

h

e

y

s

h

o

u

l

d

b

e

p

r

o

t

e

c

t

-

e

d

f

r

o

m

m

o

f

a

t

i

i

r

r

a n r f '

.

-

i

n

t

a

c

t

w

i

t

h

n

i

l

I

>

T

»

-

J

W

t

»

™

»

"

'

«

•

97 GI'RI -20

Othcil liquids. Detonators shall aot be stored with other explo-

sives.

2. Types of Magazine:

Magazines may be of heavy construction, i.e. steel, rein-

forced concicte, brick, stone or preformed concrete blocks.

Maximum security is attainable only with steel or reinforced

concrete structures. The internal dimensions of Ihe magazine

•ihall be such that there is ready access to all exnlosive*.

3. Construction of the Magazine:

A magazine shall be well and substantially built and shall

Ue Liaue and closed so as to prevent unauthorised persons from

liaving riceess thereto and to secure it from dormer from with-

out.

Mode 'A' Magazine

A MoJe 'A' magazine shall be of a type approved by the

Chief Controller and shall primarily—

(a) have walls of reinforced concrete at least 225 mm

thick or brick/stone at least 450 mm thick set in

cement mortar, Conccrete shall have a

minimum

compressive strength of 2500 Ib/sq. inch at 28 days

(the required strength will be reached by a mixture

consisting of 1 part cement, 1+ paits sand, 3 parts

of aggregate by volume). Reinforcement should con-

sist of square mesh, hard-drawn steel wjre fabric,

providing a cross-scfctional area in each direction of

not less than 0.21 in 2|ft. of wall. The reinforce-

rtient shall be covered by not less than 50 mm of con-

crete on cither side. The bricks and concrete blocks

shill conform to rele\ant Indian Standard Speci-

fications. Commercial grade steel is satisfactory for

use in construction. The cement mortar shall con

sist of not less than one part of cement and three

parts of clean sand.

(b) have interior, and the benches, shelves and fittings

therein so constructed or so lined or covered as to

prcvant the exposure of any iron or steel and the

detaching of grit, iron, steel or similar substances

in such manner as to come into contact with explo-

sivos. Such interior benches, shelves and fittings shall

be kept free from grit and otherwise dean; and, in

the case of any explosive that is liable to the danger-

ously affected by water due precautions shall

be

taken to exclude it therefrom.

(c) have roof re-inforced concrete at least 150 mm

thick.

(d) have one ventilator at the top and bottom in each

opposite side wall of the magazine where the wefght

of explosive stored is upto ard including 500 kfls. and

minimum two in the too and bottom of each wall

where the weight of explosive stored exceeds 500 kgs.

Number of the ventilators may be increised if desir-

ed by the licensing authority.

(e) have external doors—

(i) that opens outwards and when Qlosed fit tightly;

(ii) to be constructed of steel

plate at least 5 mm

thick with or without internal lining of wood.

(f) h.ive ovcry internal door—

(i) made of wood;

(ii) locks and fittings of non-ferrous metal,

Ig) h?\'n external door locks pf "dead lock" type.

(h) have a separate room for storage of detonators or

other explosives of Clais 6 Division 3 if ,stored

witTfin the matrazine, Such room shall have indepen-

dent entrance and a minimum air-gap of 1 •-metre

from any other room in the magazine ;.rld 'the

thifknMi of the -wall of the detonator storage room

facing nnv other room in the magazine shall be

minimum 60 cm.

JOArtW

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART H - ^ S B C 3(i)]

(i) have wooden trowel* or raised

cement platfcrm foi

storage of exploiive packages.

(j) have a porch if necessary and any such porch shall—

(i) be of the lame construction as the remainder of

the magazine; and

(ii) be used only for opening boxes, keeping all tools

or implements used in connection with the maga-

zine or the changing of clothes and shoes.

(k) have 25 X 50 mm furring •trips fastened to the wall,

vertically on 300 mm centres starting 150 mm

from floor level and continuous to the stacking

line, around the usable portions of the walls to pro-

vide air circulation and to prevent cases of explo-

sives being stacked directly against the walls.

(1) have a minimum 12 mm red line painted on the inte-

rior walla of the magazine at a height of 2.5

metres from the floor level. This line Indicates the

maximum height to which explosives may be stack-

ed. The licensing authority may

specify lower

stacking height if deemed necessary;

(m) have an internal volume not less than 0.4 cubic

metre for each 100 legs, of explosives.

Mode 'B' Magazine

A mode 'B1 muflazinc shall be of a type approved by Chief

Cont, oiler and shall primarily—

(a) have walls of steel plate at least 5 mm thick;

(b) have a roof of steel plate at least 5 mm thick;

(;) have interior lining at least 10 mm thick on walls,

doors and ceiling and 25 mm thick on floor and

consisting of closed fittings boards or wood joined

together by tounge and groove joints in such a way

that no iron or steel is exposed on the interior

sides, ceiling, floor or doors ;

(d) have an internal volume not less than 0.4 cubic

metre for each 100 kgm. of explosives;

(e) b© ventilated by means of vents which shall be ade-

quately protected;

(f) have external hinges of steel welded to the door and

to the frame of the magazine;

fg) have a lock of "dead lock" type for external door.

SCHEDULE VIII

Table of Safety Distances

The following safety distances will be observed in the factories licensed for manufacture of explosives or from the migazlnes licensed

for storage of high explosives. If the quantity of explosives to be stored is in between any two stages shown in the Table I, the safety dis-

tance required for higher stage should be observed.

Note—M—denotes mounded;

UM—denotes unmounded;

distances in columns 2 to 13 are in metres

Quan-

tity

in Kg.

1

50

100

150

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

6000

7000

8000

10000

12500

To and between magazine or

magazine office etc.

X

M/UM

2

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

12

12

12

13

14

16

16

17

17

20

20

22

22

24

24

Y

M/UM

3

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

12

13

14

15

16

16

18

19

21

23

26

ZZ

M/UM

4

10

] j

13

14

16

18

19

21

22

23

24

26

28

29

31

33

35

37

38

40

41

44

46

48

52

56

14

17

19

21

24

27

29

31

32

34

36

39

42

44

46

49

52

55

57

60

..

,,

• •

To and between process

bldgs.

X

M/UM

5

10

10

4 V

10

10

10

10

10

4 1*

10

10

10

10

12

12

12

13

14

16

16

17

17

20

20

22

22

24

24

Y

ZZ

M/UM

6

12

15

17

19

22

24

26

27

29

30

32

35

37

39

41

44

46

49

51

53

55

58

62

64

69

75

M

7

IS

21

24

26

30

34

37

42

45

49

56

64

72

79

85

97

106

114

122

129

135

145

155

163

177

192

To Railway, Road

X

Y

M/UM M/UM

8

8

9

10

11

13

14

15

16

17

17

18

19

19

19

20

21

21

22

22

23

23

24

24

25

26

26

9

12

15

17

18

21

23

25

26

27

28

32

33

36

38

40

43

46

48

50

52

54

57

61

63

68

72

, etc.

Tc> DwellingHouses

offices, factories etc.

ZZ

M/UM

10

21

33

40

45

45

45

48

54

60

65

74

86

96

106

113

129

142

152

163

172

180

194

206

217

236

255

X

M/UM

11

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

46

47

49

49

50

50

53

53

Y

M/UM

12

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

45

46

52

57

61

65

73

80

86

92

98

110

117

123

12S

138

149

Quantity

ZZ

M/UM

13

45

45

45

52

68

82

95

107

119

129

148

171

192

2n

226

257

283

304

325

343

359

387

412

434

471

510

in kg.

14

50

100

150

200

300

400

600

700

800

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

6000

7000

8000

10000

12500

826/27

Table of Safety Distances

Note—M—denotes mounded

UM—denotes unmounded;

Distance1; in columns 2 to 13 are in metres.

Quantity

To and between magazine or

To and between process

To Rly., road etc.

To dwelling houses,

Quantity

in kg.

magazine office etc.

bldgs.

offices, factories etc

1

15000

17500

20000

25000

30000

35000

40000

45000

50000

60000

70000

80000

90000

100000

112500

125000

136000

150000

175000

200000

X

M/UM

2

25

25

26

27

28

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

.10

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

Y

M/UM

3

28

30

32

36

40

43

46

48

51

56

60

64

68

72

76

80

84

88

95

101

ZZ

M/UM

4

60

63

65

71

75

79

82

86

89

94

99

104

108

112

116

120

124

128

135

141

X

M/UM

5

25

25

26

27

28

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

Y

M/UM

6

79

83

87

94

100

105

110

114

118

126

132

138

144

149

155

160

165

170

179

195

ZZ

M

7

206

216

226

244

259

273

285

296

307

327

343

359

373

387

402

417

428

446

466

487

X

M/UM

8

27

27

28

29

29

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

Y

M/UM

9

78

82

86

93

98

104

108

113

118

128

138

148

158

168

180

192

203

217

242

265

ZZ

M/UM

10

280

290

303

325

345

365

380

395

410

435

458

480

498

515

540

555

575

590

625

650

X

M/UM

11

55

55

57

58

60

60

61

61

64

64

66

66

66

67

67

69

70

70

71

71

Y

M/UM

12

158

167

174

187

199

210

219

228

236

251

264

276

287

297

309

320

329

340

358

375

ZZ

M/UM

13

560

580

b05

650

690

730

760

790

820

870

915

960

995

1030

1075

1110

1145

1180

1245

1300

14

15000

17500

20000

25000

30000

35000

40000

45000

50000

60000

70000

80000

90000

100000

112500

125000

136000

150000

175000

200000

SAFETY DISTANCES

Table 2

Safety distances to bo observed in a factory licensed under Explosives Rules for manufacture of Sparklers only.

Distances are in metres

s.

Nc

1.

2.

3.

4.

Description of shed

>.

Mixing shed

Dipping shed

Drying platform

Packing shed

Mixing

shed

6

6

9

9

Dippi

shed

6

6

3

9

ng

Drying

platform

9

3

9

9

Packing

shed

9

9

9

9

Empty

frames

shed

15

15

15

15

Raw

materials

store

15

15

15

15

Outside

safety

distance

15

15

15

15

Quantity

o f explo-

sives kgs,

50

200

200

200

ANNEXURE I TO EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981

Extract from "The Merchant Shipping (Carriage of Dangerous

Goods) Rules, 1978

"Rules 8—Stowage of dangerous goods.—(1) The owner,

master or agent of every ship which carries any dangerous

goods shull ensure that the stowage of all dangerous goods

on board complies with provisions in respect of such stowage

made in the Dangerous Goods Code without prejudice to the

generalitiej in any respect specified in the said Code, the

master of every such ship shall ensure that—-

(a) dangerous goods are, as far as practicable stowed

under deck;

(b) fibre board boxes, in particulars, ar« stowed 'under

deck' and where circumstances make it necessary

lo <Jiow them 'on deck' for any of the causes

referred to in clause (c) adequate protection Is afford-

ed to prevent them from being exposed to the wea-

ther or to sea water.;

(c) stowage 'on deck' is restricted only to cases where—

(ij constant supervision is required; or

(ii) accessibility to cargo is particularly required; or

liii) there Is a substantial risk of formation of explo-

sive gas mixtures, development

of high toxic

vapours or unobserved corrosion of the vessel.

(d) the packages are shaded from radiant heat, Includ-

ing strong sunlight, where it is ne^fusury to prevent

pressure Build up in or' decomposition and polyme-

risation of their contents.

(e) when dangerous goods are stowed on deck they do

not occupy more than 50 per cent of the total

open deck area and hydrants, sounding pipej and

the like and accesses thereto ar0 kept free and

clear of such deck cargo.

iOfi/28

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

^AAI II—SEC. 3(i)!

(2) Without prejudice to the provisions contained in sub-

rule (1), the master of every ship carrying dangerous goods

shall ensure that—

(a) dangerous goods and any vehicle, container, package

or receptacle containing dangerous goods are stowed

in a manner which is a safe and proper manner of

stowage for the goods or, as the case may be, for

the vehicle, container, package or receptacle, having

lfcgard to the identity and the dangerous nature 01

the goods ;

(b) explosive (except ammunition) whkh present a serious

risk are stowed in a magazine which is kept securely

closed while at sea and that such explosives arc

segregated from detonators ;

(c.) the electrical apparatus and cables in any compait-

nient in which explosives are carried are so designed

and used as to minimise the risk of flic or explo-

sion;

(d) when goods which give off dangerous vapour's are

stowed under deck the space used for such stowage

is well ventilated ;

(;) special precautions against fire or explosion aic

taken, wherever required, while carrying inflammable

liquids or gases; and ventilation adequate in the

cicumstances, is provided for the spaces in which

the liquids or gases arc carried; »nd

(v) substances which are liable to spontaneous combus-

tion nre not carried unless precautions, proper in

the circumstances, are taken for the prevention of

spontaneous combust:on of such sub itances.

ANNEXURE II T9 EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981

Extracts from Indian Meichatit Shipping Act, 1923

Sub-section (3) of Section 2—

"home-trade ship" means a ship employed in trading

between any ports in British India or between pny

port in British India and any port or place on the

continent of India or in the Straits Settlements, or

in the Island of Ceylon ;

Section 149—Definitions.

In this Part, unless there is anything repugnant in tne

subject or! context,—

(1) "unberthed passenger" means a passenger of the age

of twelve years or upwards for whom no separate

accommodation in any cabin, state-room or saloon

is reserved,; but it does not Include either a passen-

ger in attendance on a person who is not an itnberth-

ed passenRor or' a child under one year of age ; and,

in the computation of

passengers for any of the

purposes of this Part, two persons of the age of one

year or upwards and under the age of twelve years

shall be reckoned as one unberthed passenger;

(2) "unberthed passenger ship" means, save as otherwise

piovided in the Part, a ship carrying

more than

thirty (unberthed passengers.)

Section 157—Grant of certificate.

The person by whom certificate A and certificate B are

to bo granted shall be the officer appointed under section 151

who is hereinafter referred to as the certifying officer.

Section 151—Notice to be given of day of sailing.

(1) The master, owner or agent of an unberthed passen-

ger or pilgrim ship so departing or proceeding shall

give notice to an officer, appointed in this behalf by

the (Governor General in Council) that the shipi=

to carry (unberthed passengers) or pilgrims and of her

destination and of the proposed time of sailing.

(2) The notice shall be given.-—

(a) in the case of an (unberthed passenger

ship) not

less than twenty-four hours before that time;

(b) in the case of a pilgrim ship at thi original

port

of departuie if in British India, and in other cases

at the fiiit port at which she touches in British

India, not less thun three days, and at

all other

ports not less ihun tWL-nt/-fuiir hours before that

time.

ANNEXURE III TO EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981

Extract from Indian Ports Act, 1908,

Section 7—Appointment of conservator.

(1) The Local Government shall appoint some officer or

body of persons to be conservator of every port

subject to this Act.

(2) Subject to any diicction by the Local Government

to the contrary,—

(a) in ports where there is a port-officer, the POrt-

offleer shall be the conservator ;

(b) in ports where there is no port-officer, but where

there is a harbour-master, the harbour-master

shall be the conservator.

(3) Where the harbour-master is not conservator, the

harbour-master and his assistants shall be subordi-

nate to, and subject to the control of, the conser-

vator.

(4) The conservator shall be subject to the control of tho

Local Government, or of any intermediate authority

which that Government may appoint.

Extract from Board of Trade Memorandum relating to the

Cnrriage of DanRerous Goods and Explosives In Ships

ANNEXURE IV TO EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981

Specification for Magazines

1. Unless otheiwise sanctioned by the Survsyor, magazines

arc to be built in tween decks if possible. They must be so

placed that their doors are easily accessible from a hatchway.

2. Magazines may be constructed of steel, iron or wood,

piovided that it of steel or hon the whole of the interior shell

be thoroughly protected by rnint varnis'i,

galvanising

or

othe, suitiiole ujaii.iK. PiuAii~*i uw no gun-powder,

picric

acid or other bulk explosives packed in barrels be stowed in

u steel or iron magazine unless the inside of the magazine,

including all iron work, is covered with wood or other suit-

able material.

3. Flooring of all magazines shall consist of 3 inches by

1 inch, gratings with a mesh of not more than 4 inches square.

These gratings should be poilable, to allow access for clean-

ing.

4. When magazines lire constructed of wood they shall

couply with tho following specification, viz :—•

(a) The bulkheads to be foimed of l i inch boards secur-

ed internally to uprights 3 inches square placed not

moie thaii 2 feet apiiit. running from deck to deck,

and firmlv secured top and bottom. Where the maga-

zine is against the ship's sides and caigo battens

arc fitted, spaced not more than 9 inches apart,

other lining is unnecessary.

Where cargo battens arc more than 9 inches apart

(ill ing pieces shall be provided.

When on Iron decks, the heels of the uprights

to step on and be secured to a. board of * inch

thick laid on the deck.

Boat'ds 9 inches by 1-1/4 inches to be securely

fastened to the uprights at the upper and lower

ends for securing heads of shores for tomming off.

(b) Except when built on cargo or in the square of the

hatchway, a magazine need not be roofed over, pro-

vided that in the case of explosive of Classes, LIT

and IV a clear space of not less than 3 inches shall

be left below the bottom of the beams of the over-

deck.

(c) The door of the magazine shall be of substantial

construction and fitted with a string lock.

(d) When a magazine measures athwartships more than

40 feet, a fore and aft bulkhead must be fitted,

826/29

eonstiucted Of uprights 3 inche& square, 3 feet

apart extending from deck to deck, secured at the

top and bottom as for side bulkheads, lined up with

1 inch boarding not more than 6 inches opart, alter-

nately on either side of the uprights. The ship's per-

manent stanchions may be used in lieu of the tem-

porary uprights when they are In the proper posi-

tion and piovided they are not more than 6 feet

apart. If gunpowder, picric acid or other bulk ex-

plosives packed in barrels aie carried, the stanchions

and any other metal work inside the magazine must

be covered with wood or other suitable material.

5. Every magazine shall be efficiently ventilated, but any

deck ventilator into or immediately over a magazine shall

be (.overed by two thicknesses of fine wire gauze, or fitted with

ii "Lawson" fireproof cowl, or! other efficient fireproof cover-

ing. Steel or iron magazines unprovided with ventilators shall

be ventilated into the hold by the provision of two-inch holes

in the bulkhead us close to the overdeck as practicable.

Magazines on Cargo

6. When it is necessary to build the magazine on cargo

the selected place is to be levelled off, and the bottom formed

of 3 Inches by 3 inches quattering, placed 2 feet apart, cover-

ed with 1-1 /4 inches boaiding, securely nailed. Uprights 3

inches square, 2 feet apart,

lunning from the boards to the

deck above, to fit tight and to be well driven in, cleated at the

bottom and well tommed off at the top,

Reminder of magazine a-, previously detailed.

Should the height of the proposed magazine exceed 8 feet

the construction should be specially determined by the Sur-

veyors.

Portable Magazines for any Quantities npto two Tons Mea-

surement

(Size in accordance with the dimensions of the packages to

go into it)

7. A feme is to be made of 2 inches by 3 inches quarter-

ing floored and boarded up with 1-1/4 inch boarding. Lid to

be fitted with cleats on the inside to keep it in its place when

shipped, and fastened with hasp, staples, and a strong hang-

ing lock of brass or galvanised Iron.

ANNEXURE V TO EXPLOSIVES RULES 1981

Extract from Mines Act 1952

Sub-section(j), Section 2

"mine" means any excavation where any operation for the

purpose of searching for or obtaining minerals has been or

is being carried on, and includes all works, machinery, tram-

ways and sidings, whether above or below ground, in or ad-

jacent to or belonging to a mine :

Provided that it shall not include any part of such premises

on which a manufacturifig process is being carried on unless

such process is a process for coke making or the dressing

of minerals.

Enclosure to the Explosives Rules, 1981

LIST OF AUTHORISED E,;PIOSIVES

Class 1—Gunpowder

Class 2—Nitrate Mixture

ALFADYNIi

AMEX

AMMONIUM NITRATE/FUEL OIL Ml\IUR

(A.N.F.O.)

provided the same is not so sensitive that it can be initiated

by means of a No. 6 detonatoi.

AQUADYNK

ENEROEL

FORMABLAST

FORMABOOST

FORMADVNE

FORMAGEL

GN-1

GAMMADYNE for carrying out trial manufacture and field

trials at the specified locations upto 31-3-81.

GODYNE

1ND0C0AL-1

INDOCOAL-1 (HD)

INDOCOAL-3

INDOGEL-210

INDOGEL-230

INDOMITE-60

INDOMITE-80

rtJDOMIX-135

INDOPRIME

KELVEX-100. KELVEX-200, KELVEX-500, KELVEX-700

and KELVEX-800 for carrying out trial manufacture

and

field trials at the specified locations

provisionally

upto

31-12-80.

KELVEX-90, KELVEX-210, KELVEX-220,

KELVEX-600,

KELVEX-650 and KELVEX-P for carrying out trial manu-

facture.

MARINEX-Gl

MARINEX-G2

MARINEX-G3

MAR1NEX-G5

MONODINE

MONOEX for carrying out field trials at specified locations

upto 31st March, 1981.

NAMONITE

NOBEL1TE

PE-l-AE for carrying out trial manufacture and Held trials

at specified locations upto 31st March, 1981

PE-51, PE-IAS and PE-3L for carrying out trial manufacture

and field trials at the specified locations upto 31-3-81.

PENTADYNE

PERMADYNE

PERMAFLO-1

PERMAFLO-3

POWEREX

POWERFLO-l

POWERFLO-2

POWERFLO-3

POWERTTE

POWERPLAST

PULVEREX for! carying out field trials at specified locations

upto 31st March, 1981.

SAFBLAST

SUPERDYNE

SUPERFLO

SUPERGEL

TOEBLAST

TOVEX-100 and

TOVEX-200

ZEETADYNE for carrying out trial manufacture and field

trials at the specified locations upto 31-3-81.

CLASS 3 — NITRO COMPOUND

Division r

AJAX 'G1

r ^ K V ^

GELATINE

DYNAMITE-81%

NITRO-

GLYCERINE (Korean Make)

826/30

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY

[PART II—SEC. 3(i)]

BALLISTTTE

BARBADYT N-55-Polish Make provisionally upto 12-5-1981

for use in undergiouDd Conl/Gassy Mine*

BELEX Gl

BLASTING GELATINE

CORDITE

CORDITE A

CORDITE AN

CORDrTE CD

CORDITE MD

CORDITE W

COSDITE WM

DYNAMITE IU-Begium Make

GELAMEX-B-U.K. Make

GELATINE

GELATINE DYNAMITb

GELIGNITE

GEOPHEX

GOMA 2E-C

GOMIA GELATINE 40%

GOMIA GELATINE 50%

HECTORITE

HYDROBEL

IMPROVED BALLISTITfc

ALPHAGEX and ALPHAPRUF

NITRONEX-80 (Polish Make)

NOBEL GLASGOW SHOTGUN POWDEk

NOBEL PARABELLUM POWDER

NOBEL RIMFIRE POWDER

OPENCAST GELIGNITE

PERMIGEX

PLASTER GELATINE

POLAR AJAX

POLAR AMMON GELATINE DYNAMITE

POLAR AMMON GELIGNITE

POLAR BLASTING GELATINE

POLAR VIKING

POLAR SPECIAL GELATINfc,

POWEX 80%

PRACHAND

PRACHAR, PRAGALPH & PRAKASH

SEISMEX

SEISMIC GELATINE 90%

SEISMIC GELATINE 80%

SE1SMOPAK

SOLIGEX

SOLIMAX for carrying out trial manufacture and field triali

at the specified locations upto 31-3-81

SPECIAL GELATINE

SUBMARINE BLASTING GELATINE

UN1FRAX

UNIGEX

UNIPRUF 'O"

UNISAX

UNISAX 'G'

VIKING 'G'

WELL BLAST GELATINE for carrying out trial manufnilwe

and field trials at specified location upto 31-3-81

Claw 3 NITRO COMPOUND

Division 2

AMMONAL

BLAMIX-B

GLADEX

CYCIXJTRIMETHYLENE-TRINITRAMINE

(RDX, Cy-

clonite, Hexagene)

DI-NITRO-PHENOL

E.G SPORTING POWDER

GUNCOTTON

NITRO-GOANIDINE

NOBEL RIFLE NEON1TE

NOBEL RIM NEONITE

PEK-1

PENTA-ERYTHRITOL-TETRAN1TRATE (PETN, Penth-

rite)

PENTOUTE BOOSTER

PICRIC ACID (Trinitro Phenolj

PICRIC POWDER

PLASTIC EXPLOSIVES

PRIMEX

RDX-TNT

SEISMEX PRIMER

SHEET EXPLOSIVES

SUPERMEX

TETRANITROMETHYLANILINE (C.E. Tctryl)

TONITE OR COTTON POWDER NO.l

TON1TE OR COTTON POWDER NO. 2

TONITE NO. 3

TRINITRO RESORCINOL (STYPHNIC ACID)

TRI-NITRO-TOLUENE (TNT, Trotyl)

CLASS 4-CHLORATE MIXTURE

Division 1

Nil

Division 2

NIL

CLASS 5-FULMINATE

Division I

FULMINATE OF MERCURY

Division 2

LEAD A2IDE

LEAD STYPHNATE (LEAD-TRI-NITRO-RESORCINATE)

CLASS 6-AMMUNITION

Division 1

ELECTRIC LIGHTERS FOR IGNITER CORD

IGNITER CORD CONNECTORS

NOBEL'S SAFETY ELECTRIC FUZES

SAFETY FUZE

Division 2

CARTRIDGES FOR SMALL ARMS OTHER

THAN

SAFETY CARTRIDGES

CORDEAU BICKFORD

CORDFLEX DETONATING FUSE

826/31

D. CORD I, D-CORD IT. D-CORD III and D-CORD IV

DETONATING FUZ.t

ELECTRIC FUZES

FUSE HEADS FOR ELECTRIC DETONATORS

FUSE IGNITERS

GEOCORD

GEOSHAPE

INSTANTANEOUS FUSE

MINERS' PORTFIRES

MULTT FUSE IGNITERS

NOBEL SHAPED CHARGE

PLASTIC IGNITER CORD

PLASTIC IGNITER WICK

OUICK MATCH

SAF-T-DETS

TESTEX FUSE HEADS-FUSE HEADS FOR ELECTRI

DETONATORS AND SAFETY ELECTRIC FUSES

TUBES FOR FIRING EXPLOSIVES

Division 3

"CARRIC" NON-INCENDIVE SHORT DELAY DET(

NATOR

CARTRIDGES FOR SMALL ARMS WHICH ARE NO

SAFETY

CARTRIDGES

COAL DELAY DETONATORS

DELAY DETONATORS RELAYS

DETONATORS

DETONATING RELAYS

DETONATING RELAYS-PTX

ELECTRIC BOOSTERS

ELECTRIC DETONATORS

ELECTRIC DELAY DETONATORS

ELECTRIC SHORT DELAY DETONATORS

FRICTION TUBES

HYDROSTAR ELECTRIC DETONATORS

METHANE MILLISECOND DELAY DETONATORSi

PERCUSSION PRIMERS

SEISMIC ELECTRIC DETONATORS

SUPER PLAIN DETONATORS (No. 8 StrerJght)

SUPER ELECTRIC DETONATORS (No. 8 Strength)

TUBES FOR FIRING EXPLOSIVES

•V TYPE DELAY DETONATORS (No. 8 strength)

CLASS 7-FIREWORKS

Divirion 1

FIREWORK COMPOSITION

NIL

Divijion 2

AEROPLANES also known as CHIDIAS OR FIRE-FLIES

containing gunpowder or nitrate mixture in a metal case

not exceeding 25 mm in diameter and 15 mm in letiRth

ALUMINIUM TORCHES

AMORCES in the form of caps of tape* for toy pistols con-

sisting of dots of explosive composition approved by fhe

Chief Controller and in proportion not exceeding

4.5

grams of composition to every 1000 dots.

BON-BON or CHIRSTMAS CRACKERS containing an ex-

plosive of such composition and in such quantity as may

be approved by the Chief Controller,

"CHINESE CRACKERS having paper shells of size not ex-

ceeding 75 mm in length and 15 mm in diameter

con-

taining gunpowder, nitrate mixture or an explosive com-

position approved by the Chief Controller.

COBRA EGGS OR PHARAOH'S SERPENT (WHITE)

•COLOURED SMOKES exclusively for out-door use

'CRACKERS commonly known as "Atom Bombs"

made

with gunpowder, nitrate mixture or an explosive

com-

position approved by the Chief Controller, wrapped Up

fn paper and tied round with string the wfoole not exceed-

ing 25 grams in weight, 40 mm ia length and 20 mm in

diameter or diagonal.

•CRACKERS commonly known as "Palm Leaf Crackers" or

"Basket Bombs" containing gunpowder, nitrate mixture

or an explosive composition approved by the Cheif Con-

troller and wrapped up in palm leaf or in paper into a

triangular shape.

DISTRESS SIGNAL ROCKETS

"FLOWER POTS or FOUNTAINS

HAND FLARES

"LANCES

MAGIC SERPENT

(BLACK)

MAGNESIUM TORCHES

AND PENCILS

MAROON containing an explosive composition and of such

construction, side and weight as may be approved by the

Chief Controller.

•ROCKET of size not exceeding 76 mm in length and 25.4

mm in diameter provided it is not in a metal case.

*R0MAN

CANDLE

*SHELLS provided they are fired from a substantial mortar

firmly buried below the ground level.

SOCKET DISTRESS SIGNALS

SOCKETS LIGHT

SIGNALS

SOCKET SOUND SIGNALS

•SPARKLERS

(including Electric Sparklers) each consis-

ting of a wire having affixed thereto a mixture of nitrate

of barium, aluminium powder, magnesium powder, iron

fillings, dextrin and gum, the total weight of composition

so fixed to each such wire not to exceed 22 gramme? pro-

vided that each such Sparkler shall be so constructed a«

not to allow any hot residue to become detached either

during or after combustion.

•SQUIBS made with gunpowder or nitrate mixture

VERY SIGNAL CARTRIDGES

•WHEELS

CLASS-R

LOX (Liquid Oxygen Explosives)

T h e Explosive composition shall not contain any chlorate.

FWNTBD BY THE MANAGER, GOVT. OF INDIA PRESS, RING ROAD, NEW DELHI-110064

AND PUBLISHED BY THE CONTROLLER OF PUBLICATIONS, DBLHI-110054, 1981